Sicam Pas - Complete
This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA
Overview
Download & View Sicam Pas - Complete as PDF for free.
More details
- Words: 47,051
- Pages: 871
Loading documents preview...
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Complete Training Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Summary Slide
1. Introduction 2. System functions 3. System components 4. Software installation 5. Licensing 6. UI User Interface 7. Software installation 8. UI Operation 9. Value Viewer 10. Telecommunication with IEC 60870-5-101 11. Communication with a Control Center using IEC 60870-5-101 Slave 12. Interface Tester IECTEST for IEC 60870-5-101/104 13. Siemens Serial Hub 7XV5655 14. Connection of a Field Device with IEC 60870-5-103 15. SICAM PAS CFC Logic Function 16. IEC61850 Communication Standard for Substations 17. Configuring IEC 61850 IEDs 18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol 19. HMI-Interface and Topology 20. Introduction to SICAM PAS CC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 2
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Summary Slide (cont.)
21. SICAM PAS CC Software Setup 22. Starting a PAS CC Project 23. Graphics Designer 24. Bay and Telecontrol Blocking 25. Compatibility Key 26. Switching Authority 27. WinCC User Administrator 28. Alarm Logging 29. SICAM PAS Redundancy 30. Station Unit 31. Project Configurations 32. Normalization 33. System Variables 34. OPC Communication with COM / DCOM 35. OPC-XML-Server 36. SICAM PAS Automation with the programming language ST 37. ST Lab 38. SICAM PAS User Administration 39. Server-DIP Configuration 40. Group Indicator in Alarm Logging 41. Sound output with WinCC Horn 42. Topological coloring 43. Diagnostic tools
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 3
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 1. Introduction Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
What is SICAM PAS? SICAM PAS / PQS is a software and stands for: S I C A M
Substation Information Control Automation Monitoring
SICAM PAS / PQS V7.0 Power Automation System Power Quality System
P A S
Power Automation System
P Q S
Power Quality System
Answers for energy.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 5
SIEMENS
The SICAM Station Unit is a special computer which is optimized for SICAM PAS PQS software.
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
Why SICAM PAS? TeleControlCenter Control center level, SCADA (Supervisory, Control And Data Acquisition)
SICAM PAS IEC 101 / 104
• filters information, which is not used in SCADA • understands / converts various protocols
Station level (SICAM PAS)
1 10
IE C
C IE
PROFIBUS FMS
C IE
3 10
61 85 0
• is able to (time-) synchronize all connected IEDs IE C
10 4
Bay level
Process level Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 6
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
How to control / monitor the field devices locally TeleControlCenter Control center level, SCADA SICAM SCC
(Supervisory, Control And Data Acquisition)
(SICAM Substation Control Center) IEC 101 / 104
1 10
IE C
C IE
PROFIBUS FMS
C IE
3 10
61 85 0
Station level (SICAM PAS)
IE C
10 4
Bay level
Process level Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 7
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
In the past
Nowadays
Control Center
Control Center
IEC 101
IEC 101 Local HMI
RTU
AI
SAS (PAS)
Distributor bank
copper wires Communication Module
Communication Module
Protection Relais
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
Proceses
F02_Page 8
1. Introduction
Proceses Siemens Power Academy TD
The SICAM Family – The right solution for every application
SICAM PAS CC
SICAM Diamond SICAM PAS SIPROTEC
SICAM 1703 AK SICAM 1703 TM
SICAM 1703 BC
SICAM SICAM 230 230
SICAM 1703 MIC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 9
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
Configurations and Functions Full Server System 2.TeleControlCenter SICAM PAS TeleControlCenter
Stand-alone
SICAM PAS CC IEC 60870-5-104
system
Timesignal IEC 60870-5-101 DNP V3.00
Full Server
Distributed process interface Process visualization and archiving Telecontrol interface Automation function with CFC Online configuration
Ethernet
Modbus/Profibus DP IEC 60870-5-101/DNP V3.00
Profibus FMS/IEC 60870-5-103
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 10
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
Distributed system with higher performance Full Server – DIP (Device Interface Processor) 2.TeleControlCenter SICAM PAS CC TeleControlCenter
SICAM PAS Distributed
IEC 60870-5-104
IEC 60870-5-101 DNP V3.00
System
Timesignal
Full Server
DIP Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-101 DNP V3.00
Modbus/Profibus DP
Profibus FMS IEC 60870-5-103
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 11
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
High availability by Redundancy HMI Clients SICAM PAS Redundant
TeleControlCenter
System Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-104
HMI Servers
PAS Full Server
PAS Full Server Stationbus
IEC 61850 or Profibus FMS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 12
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
High flexibility through further interfaces
TeleControlCenter
TeleControlCenter
SICAM PAS
SICAM PAS CC
IT World
IEC 60870-5-104 TCP/IP
Timesignal
PAS Full Server Ethernet
OPC IEC 60870-5-101/DNP V3.00
SIMATIC SPS
Profibus FMS/IEC 60870-5-103
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 13
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Example 1: Star Configuration GPS-Antenna
PAS CC
Event List Printer
Engineering PC
Tele Control Center
PAS Full Server IEC 60870-5-101 Switch
Station - LAN IEC 61850; Ethernet 100Mbps Fiber optic double loop with redundancy function Switch
Switch IEC 61850 (RJ45)
IEC 61850 (RJ45)
... 7SJ6x Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 14
... 7SJ6x 7SJ6x
7SJ6x
7SJ6x 7SJ6x
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Example 2: FO Ring GPS-Antenna
PAS CC
Event List Printer
Engineering PC
Tele Control Center
PAS Full Server
IEC 60870-5-101 Switch
...
...
High Voltage
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 15
...
Medium Voltage
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Example 3: Redundancy GPS-Antenna
HMI Client
Engineering PC
HMI client
Event List Printer
Tele Control Center Time-Server Redundant HMI Server IEC 60870-5-101
Redundant PAS Full Server
...
...
High Voltage
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 16
...
Medium Voltage
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Example 4: FO Station LAN GPS-Antenna
HMI Client
Engineering PC
HMI client
Event List Printer
Tele Control Center Time-Server Redundant HMI Server IEC 60870-5-101
Redundant PAS Full Server
...
...
High Voltage
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 17
...
Medium Voltage
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Example 5: Station FO Ring NCC
Hardcopy printer
HMI
HMI
DCC
Engineering PC
Online printer Operator Log WAN
GPS WAN
Time-Server
HMI Server 1
Primary PAS Full Server
HMI Server 2
Secundary PAS Full Server
Gateway 1
IED-LAN IEC 61850; Ethernet 100Mbps
IED-LAN
...
Fiber optic double loop with redundancy function
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 18
Gateway 2
IEC 61850; Ethernet 100Mbps Fiber optic double loop with redundancy function
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
User friendly operation with SICAM PAS CC
Local visualisation, archiving and logging with SICAM PAS CC Clearly structured HMI display with SICAM PAS CC using windows technology Two stage switching Security against unauthorized switching Fast error detection and localisation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 19
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
The SICAM Station Unit
The SICAM Station Unit is a special computer with particular properties: Special Windows embedded standard 7 for SICAM Station Unit No fan no maintenance No battery no maintenance Redundant power supply
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 20
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
Power Quality System - PQS - in SICAM PAS V7
The goal is to increase the supply security by avoiding system outages through break down of power supply. What influences the power quality?
What can we measure?
Interruption surge
Flicker
Voltage dips
Harmonics
Voltage sags
Symmetry Voltage change
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 21
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 2. System functions Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Scalability - Configuration
configuration for small applications PAS Full Server + PAS CC
up to 50 IEDs SICAM PAS and SICAM PAS CC together at the same computer (no PAS Station Unit) PC with high performance necessary
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 23
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Scalability – Configuration
Configuration for medium and large applications PAS CC
Up to 150 IEDs SICAM PAS (Station Unit) and SICAM PAS CC (HMI-PC) on separate hardware
PAS Full Server
The SICAM PAS – UI Configuration tool can also be optionally used on the SICAM PAS CC computer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 24
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Scalability - Configuration
Configuration for large and very large applications
PAS CC
SICAM PAS as a distributed system with one Full Server and up to 6 DIPs Full Server
Higher performance
DIP_1
e.g. 1x DIP for each voltage level Up to 250 IEDs (extendable to 350 IED with respect to certain conditions) TCP/IP - connection
DIP = Device Interface Processor Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 25
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Scalability - Configuration
One SICAM PAS CC for more stations or independent parts of substations
PAS CC
One Full Server for each part of the substation Full Server
Full Server
TCP/IP - connection
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 26
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Scalability - Configuration
HMI Client_1
HMI Server (aktiv)
Full Server (aktiv)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 27
HMI Client_2
One redundant SICAM PAS CC with several Clients for
one station
several stations
independent parts of substations
redundant PAS Full Server
HMI Server (standby)
Full Server (standby)
Redundant PAS CC Server
Client/Server
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Redundant Configuration Single channel IEDs via Modem Splitter Corporate Network TCP/IP
Control Center Redundant HMI
IEC 101 Full Server (primary)
Full Server (secundary) IEC 104 serial
Modem Splitter
serial
Station bus IEDs with IEC 61850
Profibus FMS IEDs with Profibus FMS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 28
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Licensing
License is moved from a memory stick to the harddisk of a PC by means of a special programm
SICAM PAS CC Software:
SICAM PAS Software: The customer can chose between several SICAM PAS basis packets
The optional software packets für e.g. several protocols are activated with a combination of license key and a dongle
DIGSI Software:
This software is activated with a license key Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 29
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Software: Basic packet and options All software components of SICAM PAS/PQS are available at the SICAM PAS/PQS-DVD. You can decide which components shall be activated by using the dongle and the related license cards.
SICAM PAS V7.0
SICAM PAS / PQS V7.0 Power Automation System Power Quality System
Answers for energy.
SIEMENS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 30
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Software: Basic packet and Options SICAM PAS basic packet +
tion 0 Op 6185 IEC
io Opt PQS
n
System can grow with growing requirements
PAS Option
basis
Customer pays only what he really needs
pac ket
io n Opt 103 IEC
M A C SI
required options
AutomatisieIEC PAS IEC OPC 61850 PQS 103 101 IEC104 rung
i on Opt PC O IEC
tion ation p O om t Au
i on Opt 01 1 IEC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 31
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Which SICAM PAS Basic packets are available?
Full Server
Basic packet - configurations
upgrades
medium
large
small medium medium large
Config
medium
large
medium large
RT&Config
medium
large
medium large
Runtime
Small:
small
up to 4 IEDs
Medium: up to 15 IEDs (data points unlimited) or up to 2000 data points (IEDs unlimited) Large:
unlimited
DIP Runtime RT&Config Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 32
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Optional function packets
TeleControlCenter
Licenses for connection of Tele Control Centers
IEC 61850 Server IEC 60870-5-101 Slave IEC 60870-5-104 Slave DNP V3.00 TG 8979 CDT Modbus Slave
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 33
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Optional function packets
TeleControlCenter
Licenses for connection of field devices
IEC 61850 Client IEC 60870-5-101 Master IEC 60870-5-103 Master IEC 60870-5-104 Master DNP V3.00 Master Profibus FMS Master Profibus DP Master Modbus Master SINAUT LSA ILSA Master
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 34
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Optional function packets
TeleControlCenter
•
License for data encryption
•
Licenses for open communication
•
Secure Communication
OPC (COM/DCOM) Client OPC XML DA Server
License for logic processing
Automation
& ≥1 &
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 35
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Optional function packets TeleControlCenter
Licenses for Power Quality applications
IEC 61850 Client Monitoring IEC 60870-5-103 Master Monitoring SIMEAS Q80 Master PDR recorder SIMEAS R Master PQS Scheduled Reporting PQS Grid Code Evaluation PQS Automatic Fault Locator PQS Automatic COMTRADE Import PQS Automatic PQDIF Import
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 36
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Services in IEDs and SICAM PAS Time synchronization
61850 Client
61850 Server
61850 Server
61850 Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 37
Control Select before Operate (SBO) with extended safety all commands to high voltage devices Direct Control with normal safety all other commands Information Report all information in monitoring direction to PAS GOOSE Inter device communication interlocking, blocking etc. File Transfer Alarm lists, Event lists Transmission of fault records Time Synchronisation
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication Option : IEC 60870-5-101 Master
Operating modes • Balanced • Unbalanced (up to 16 RTUs)
IEC 60870-5-101 Master
PAS CC
Dialing traffic (IAWD; analog, ISDN, GSM) • Operating modes • Unbalanced ( miniRTU) • Balanced
SICAM PAS
Modem
Modem RTU
Recommended modems: Company INSYS
Public telephone
• Backup- Modem possible
Serial interface see IEC 60870-5-103
Modem
Modem
RTU
RTU Recommendation: max. 8 substations per ‘PAS-Modem’
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 38
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication - Option: IEC 60870-5-103
Protection devices of several provider use this normed IEC protocol and can be connected to SICAM PAS via the serial interface Connectable devices e.g. SIPROTEC, SIMEAS T, voltage regulators (Eberle, Reinhausen)
IEC 60870-5103
Alternatively serial hubs can be used. So, the serial connetion can be decentralized connected via the ethernet-LAN
Interface expansion with COM-Expander
PAS Server
Ethernet TCP/IP Serial Hub RS485, RS232 COM Expander
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 39
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication - Option: PROFIBUS FMS
Up to 2 x CP5613 per Station Unit Up to 30 IEDs (each with 100 Information) per CP5613 Profibus-components from A&D, e.g. OLM
RS485-Single bus
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 40
FO- Single ring
Profibus FMS
FO-Double ring
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication - Option: OPC-Client (based on COM/DCOM)
Data exchange and communication with OPC Server using the OPC Client The communication partner OPC Server can be located on the same PC or on another PC connected with TCP/IP (Ethernet) The open communication can especially be used for the data exchange with automation devices e.g. SIMATIC Example: A SIMATIC S7-400 is connected to a SICAM PAS Station Unit through a CP1613 and via the Ethernet. The communication used between the S7-400 and the CP1613 is the S7 protocol. An OPC server for the CP1613 card is available from SIMATIC. In this way data can be exchanged with the SICAM PAS OPC Client. SICAM PAS
S7-400
SICAM PAS SIMATIC
OPC OPC Client
OPC Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 41
OPC Client
CP 1 6 1 3
Ethernet, S7-Protocol
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication - Option: OPC-XML-Server
OPC XML-DA Server is a protocol for SICAM PAS. The Microsoft IIS-Server is used as a OPC XML-DA Web-Server for OPC XMLDA. The data OPC exchange between SICAM PAS and any OPC XML Server Control Center OPC XML-DA Client XML-DA Client works with the OPC XML-DA Server. OPC XML-DA Server and OPC XML-DA Client are LAN, WAN / installed on different PCs, the communication of the Internet OPC XML-DA Servers with SICAM PAS works via TCP/IP. This open communication is applicable for data SICAM PAS exchange between SICAM PAS and other systems IIS Microsoft Webserver based on Microsoft Windows as well as LINUX or other operating systems. OPC XML-DA The OPC XML-DA Server allows the data exchange of Server structured data via the internet with XML (eXtendensible Markup Language). With the OPC XML-DA Server the OPC XML-DA Client can setContent protocol parameters and can read and write all Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 42 Siemens Power Academy TD settings which are mapped from SICAM PAS UI to OPC
Automation
There are 4 different editors: CFC – Continuous Function Chart Graphical configuration, simple rules, easy to learn ST – Structured Text A real programming language, like PASCAL, more flexible, for programmers SFC – Sequential Function Chart Step oriented, includes ST code, mainly for switching sequences IL – Instruction List For users coming from industrial automation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 43
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Automation – CFC Block Library CFC function blocks for typical substation automation tasks are available Command processing (Command execution and Command derivation) Signal processing Signal derivation Signal filtering Signal inversion and conversion Grouping of signals into one Transformer taps- and bit pattern comparison Interlocking
Measured- and counter value processing Non linear conversion Limit value monitoring Drag hand Calculation of averages Blocks for arithmetic and comparisons
Switching sequences Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 44
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Time synchronization Use of a „time-synchronization module“ in the SICAM PAS computer e.g. Hopf card (DCF77 or GPS) The SICAM PAS takes over the time synchronization for the connected devices (if the communication protocol supports) and for the HMI PC connected via Ethernet (SICAM SCC) SCC DCF / GPS Antenna
Ethernet (TCP/IP)
IEC 61850 Profibus FMS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 45
T101 T103
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Time synchronization A separate time master can especially be used in configurations with an Ethernet station bus (IEC 61850). This is an SNTP-Server (Simple Network Time Protocol), which synchronizes all connected devices (SNTP-Clients), incl. the SICAM Station Unit The SICAM PAS is the time master for all other devices not connected to LAN
Antenna
SCC
IEC 61850 Ethernet (TCP/IP) T101
Profibus FMS T103
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 46
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Time synchronization Even time synchronization from Tele Control Center (e.g. via IEC101 telegrams) is supported. Because the accuracy is worse this mode is usually used as a „Backup“ only, if time receiver was disturbed.
TeleControlCenter
IEC 101
SCC
IEC 61850 Ethernet (TCP/IP) T101
Profibus FMS
SICAM PAS supports several time masters and selects always the one with the best time quality.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 47
T103
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Bay Blocking In case of maintenance works in the switchgear it may be useful not to display the messages caused by the works in the event and alarm list of the local HMI and remote control center as well. Bay blocking woks device specific. The image of the field device appears like „frozen“ for all users. All messages are put into a virtual waste basket. Commands are suppressed. Local Control Station SICAM SCC
TeleControlCenter Bay Blocking
Mr. Maintenance Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 48
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Telecontrol Blocking Telecontrol blocking works in the same way as Bay blocking. As the name already says only the Telecontrol interface is blocked, but not the interface of the Local Control Station SCC. Local Control Station SICAM SCC
TeleControlCenter Telecontrol Blocking
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 49
Mr. Maintenance Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Switching Authority
Substations can be monitored and controlled not only by one telecontrol center. There can be several TCCs or even more local HMIs.
For security reasons only one control station should have the switching authority. All other control stations are not able to control anything (but they still receive data)
SICAM PAS has a logical „torque switch“ which allows to define which control station shall get the switching authority.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 50
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Switching Authority Example without switching authority NCC
Example with switching authority for HMI 1
RCC
NCC
RCC
Local HMI 1
2
Local HMI 1
1
3 4
1 2 5
2 3 4
3
1 2 5
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
3 Local HMI 2
Local HMI 2
F02_Page 51
1
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Fault recording with SICAM PQS SICAM PQ Collector automatically transmits the fault records from the SICAM Station Units to a higher level PQ archive. With the Incident Explorer you can easily administer the fault record files. Comtrade Viewer allows an analysis of the fault records.
Fault record archive in the PQ PC Ethernet TCP/IP Full Server
Fault record archive in the SICAM PAS PC
DIP_1
Fault record
Fault record
Profibus FMS
IEC 61850
Fault record
Fault record
Overcurrent Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 52
T103
Short circuit Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Which Devices do we usually use?
SIMEAS Q80 Power Quality Recorder to analyse the Net quality according to EN50160
SIMEAS R Fault Recorder, Power Quality Recorder and Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) according to IEEE C37.118
Protection Relays Provide Fault Records in pre-defined formats
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 53
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
PQ Inspector Simple time related overview of PQ status of pre-defined groups of measurands Creating Reports PQ Explorer PQ Trend Diagram
GridCode Viewer Limit Violation/PQ-Index
Report Browser Report overview
● Incident Explorer Replacing RECPRO – Display of PQ Archive -- PDR (PostDisturbanceRecorder)
PQ Archive
● PQ-Events ● Fault Records ● Reports ● Topology
SICAM PQS
SICAM PQ Analyzer
SICAM PQS – Functional Overview
Config&RT: Automatic Fault Locating & Export Automatic Grid Code Evaluation Scheduled PQ Reports Automatic Import of Comtrade Automatic Import of PQDIF
PQDIF
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 54
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample of Distributed System
PQ Analyzer Clients
Archiving PC with Collector-Archive Full Server with Source Archive
PQ devices, Fault Recorder
Protection Relays Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 55
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration with SIMEAS R PAR
SIMEAS R PAR is part of PAS-PQS installation. Creating a SIMEAS R, the tool opens automatically
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 56
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
SIMEAS Q80 Manager SIMEAS Q80 Manager is a comprehensive Software tool for parameterisation, broad evaluation and analysis. It provides the evaluation and analysis of more than 500 data sets from Power Quality Recorder SIMEAS Q80. SIMEAS Q80 Manager is an independent Software package and has to be installed additionally to SICAM PAS PQS, if Q80 is to be used. It can be opened from SICAM PAS UI Configuration tool.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 57
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Incident Explorer
View to content of PQ Archive: Fault Records , Fault Location Reports, PDR Records, PQ Reports, Manual Fault Locating. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 58
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Incident Explorer
Comtradeviewer as standard tool SIGRA also possible Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 59
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
PQ Explorer
Shows all data of PQ Archive including exported data. Measuring data is displayed in a time axis diagram. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 60
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Grid Code Viewer
Shows diagrams and settings of the individual Grid Codes (Standard or customer specific) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 61
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Report Browser
Shows an overview with all automatically created reports with time ranges and the evaluation of the results. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 62
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Report Browser
The reports can directly be opened with the Report Browser Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 63
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
PQ Inspector
“Select Time Range” shows condensed group of measurement points for this configuration and leads through analysis of faults Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 64
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
PQ-Inspector
“Select Diagram” allows definition and configuration of PQ reports with the appropriate diagrams Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 65
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
PQ-Inspector
“Finalise Report” allows to create manual reports Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 66
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Hardware and System requirements for SICAM PAS Operating systems • • • • • •
Windows XP professional SP3 Windows 2003 Server Windows 7 Professional (only with the design Windows – classic) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (32-Bit) without Hyper-V Windows XP embedded Windows Embedded Standard
System requirements • • • •
Recommendation
Intel Pentium Celeron 1,86 GHz Min 2 GB RAM 2 GB HD capacity Grafic-card SVGA (16 MB)1024 x 768
Intel Core 2 Duo 3 GHz 4 GB RAM 100 GB for PQS archive SXGA (32MB) 1280 x 1024
• DVD-device, monitor, mouse keyboard, USB-Port for Dongle, LAN interface Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 67
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Where are the limits of SICAM PAS?
Master info
Slave Info
IEDs
ingress data points (mainly from IEDs)
degress data points (mainly to HMI and SCADA)
1 Full Server with 1 core or 2 core processor
150
10.000
20.000
1 FS (4core processor)
180
10.000
20.000
1FS (1core processor) and 1DIP
250
10.000
20.000
1 FS (4core processor) and 5 DIPs
350
20.000
40.000
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 68
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 3. System components Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
SICAM PAS Station Unit
Station Unit 6MD9101 • •
Extended temperature range Operating state: -10 to +55°C Storing: -40 to +80°C No rotating parts (excepted RAID Option), no fan maintenance free
Operating system (Windows Embedded Standard) tailorized for the requirements of SICAM PAS software and optimized Redundant power supply modules allow high reliability and avialability Design: • with / without PCI-Bridge (for 4 standard-PCI-cards) • Optional COM-expander-cards with 8 interfaces • Optional 2 I/O cards each with 32 digital in- or outputs Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 70
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Station Unit
3 CPU – Typen available Single Core CPU – The Classic Version Applicable for use of older SICAM PAS versions 2 GByte RAM, 2x4 GByte CF-cards Dual Core CPU Best performance for SICAM PAS 2 GByte RAM, 2x4 GByte CF Cards approx. 2 x faster than the classic version Dual Core CPU RAID Recommended platform for Power Quality applications (SICAM PQS) 4 GByte RAM, 2 x 4 GByte CF Cards 2 x 100GB HDD-based RAID-Level 1 System for secure saving of archive data Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 71
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Station Unit 6MD9101
Power Supply Control Module
Power Supply DC 24-60V AC/DC 110V to 230V Redundancy possible Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 72
2x internal USB 4x external USB
Optional: 4 PCI – Slots
1x RS232
2x LAN
CPU
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Modem Splitter
IEC 101 IEC 103 DNP 3 Modbus Tx
“primary Full Server”
“secundary Full Server”
Rx GND
serial Tx
Rx GND
serial Modem Splitter
Tx Rx GND
With the modem splitter both servers can „see“ the actual image of the field device But only the active server can send commands
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 73
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Modem Splitter
Modem splitter panel
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 74
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
NTP-time synchronization with SICLOCK
GPS Signal 1,574 GHz Power supply module RS232 interface
TTY 20 mA interface
Ethernet NTP Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 75
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
NTP - time synchronization – external time masters Especially for configurations with ethernet (IEC 61850) a separate time master can be used via NTP-server (Network Time Protocol). Synchronizes all connected devices (NTP-Clients)
Siemens SICLOCK TC 400 Front view
Bottom view
The SICLOCK TC400 is the follow-up model of TM/TS.
Meinberg LANTime GPS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 76
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Time receiver from Hopf FG6039 GPS or FG6039 DCF77
FG6844
PCI cards for GPS or DCF77 For time synchronization of SICAM Station Unit, the connected IEDs and connected HMI-PCs (SICAM SCC)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 77
Europe-card With LCD display and keypad configurable completely Is used in wall-, table housing or 19”-racks
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Operator Desk / Engineering PCs
Industrial Rack PC SIMATIC rack PC 847B
19”-rack platform High performance under harshest conditions Up to 4 Gbyte main memory Integrated security function (watchdog, temperature and fan control) Server PC in a SICAM PAS CC Client/Server – HMI System Operator desk in a SICAM PAS CC Single user system
CELSIUS Workstation Type V series
Max 64 GB main memory Client PC in a SICAM PAS CC Client/Server – HMI System Operator desk in a SICAM PAS CC Single user system Engineering Desk
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 78
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Com-Expander: Comtrol Rocket Port
Additional COM Interfaces RS232: 4, 8, 16, 32 max. 2 Rocket Ports each with 32 Ports PCI-card for PC
Com-Ports with RJ45 Jacks Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 79
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Serial Modem 7XV5655
Decentral serial connection via ethernet-LAN 1 serial port RS232 or RS485 adjustable via DIP switch 1 FO interface with ST connector Power supply 24 – 250V DC and 110/230V AC Configuration software “ipEther” Ethernet TCP/IP
Serial modem
RS485 or RS232
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 80
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens converter – mini star coupler
Converter 7XV5650 Establishes an optical connection between star coupler and electrical field device Supports RS485 bus structure
Mini star coupler 7XV5450 1 opt. input and max. 4 opt. outputs Max. 1.5 km (62.5/125 µm) cascadable with several mini star couplers
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 81
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens converter – Mini star coupler
DIGSI
RS-232
Mini star coupler FO
RS485 – FOConverter RS-485
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 82
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication with IEC 61850
The communication standard for the station bus based on ethernet We recommend ethernet compnents from RuggedCom, Hirschmann oder Siemens
62,5µ or 50µ fiber
TP
TP
No redundancy Cost optimized
100 Mbit/s redundant switched ethernet loop Field devices with electrical communication modules
100 Mbit/s redundant switched ethernet loop Field devices with optical communication modules
TP
TP
Cu Twisted Pair (TP) Shielded cable max. 20m
TP
a sm
v um i d e ll m
ol
s ion t a st sub e g ta
cubicle
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 83
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC Communication Modules
Ethernet-Modul EN 100
electrical with RJ45-jacks
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 84
Optical with Duplex-LC interfaces
Duplex-LC MultiMode connector
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
RUGGEDCOM Ethernet Switch RS900
Complies with IEC61850 requirements Rail mounting Output relay Fan free operation
Power Supply: 24/48VDC 88-300VDC 85-264VAC Failsafe output relay 220VDC/250VAC
Ports: 6 – 9 (up to 3 optical) 10/100 MBits/s CAT-5 standard RJ45 connectors LC, SC, ST, MTRJ
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 85
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
RUGGEDCOM Ethernet Switch RS8000
Operating Temperature: -40°C to +85°C Optical Tranceivers multimode singlemode Failsafe output relay 220VDC/250VAC
8 Ports: RJ45 connectors LC, SC, ST, MTRJ
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 86
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
RUGGEDCOM Ethernet Switch RSG2100
Cu Shielded Pair max. 20m
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 87
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Hirschmann Switches
MACH1000 - Series
RSR - Series
• Switch Ports Robust Fast-/Gigabit• Technology Ethernet switches for top hat rail assembly • Media
2 x GE 24 x FE (free configurable)
19"-Switches for Fast-/GigabitEthernet applications and assembli in cubicles
Fast/Gigabit-Ethernet Multimode, single mode, long-haul, GE-SFP, FE-SFP, PoE (future)
• Connectors
ST, SC, LC, RJ45, MTRJ
• Temperature
0°to +60°C -40°to +85°C
• Power supply 24/36/48VDC (18-60)V 125/250VDC (80-320)V and 110/230VAC (85-264)V
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 88
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Scalance - Switches
X200, X300 and X400 Serie Redundant power supply SNMP capable SNTP capable Supports RSTP
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 89
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Modems
INSYS Modem for ISDN and GSM IEC 60870-5-101 supports the Dial-up traffic IAWD ISDN GSM Analog
Operating modes Unbalanced ( Use of SICAM miniRTU) Balanced
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 90
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
I/O-Box 6MD61 Applications: IO-Expander for 6MD66 (up to 80 BI+53 BO) IO-Expander for all SIPROTEC protection devices Central process connection for SICAM PAS Advantages: Cost optimized because use of available technology Support of the protocols IEC61850 IEC60870-5-103 Profibus FMS/DP Flexible mounting possibilities (no Operator Keyboard, no Display) Simple system configuration (no CFC) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 91
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Bay Controller 6MD66
Field Device for High Voltage max. 65 BI, 45 BO Configurable measurement functions Synchrocheck function Communication via ethernet IEC61850 possible Peer-to-Peer communication: GOOSE or Inter Device Communication (IDC) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 92
Communication Protocols: Profibus FMS IEC60870-5-103 Profibus DP IEC 61850
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Transformer Regulators
TAPCON 260 REG-DA
REINHAUSEN
Both Regulators are available with IEC61850 Interface
REG-D
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 93
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM 1703 device series – TM 1703 mic
High
Low Compact Compact Remote Remote Terminal Terminal Unit Unit (RTU) (RTU)
TM 1703 mic
Universal system, applicable for electrical substations, at the object protection and for alarm transmitter Communication via IEC 60870-5-101/104 Easy engineering via web browser, no special tools or licenses necessary Engineering also possible with TOOLBOX II
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 94
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM 1703 device series – TM 1703 ACP
High
Low
Processing Processing from from aa small small up up to to aa medium medium number number of of data data points points
TM 1703 ACP
Automation with integrated telecontrol techniqe Communication according IEC 60870-5-101/103/104, IEC 61850 as well as Profibus DP and a large number of other protocols Easy engineering by creating of measuring and control functionality according IEC 61131-3
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 95
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM 1703 device series – BC 1703 ACP
High
Low BC 1703 ACP
Field Field Device, Device, protection protection integrated integrated
Supports applications as gateway and subnodes, e.g. for communication with older protection devices with IEC 103 to a modern stion bus with IEC 61850 Applicable for medium voltage up to highest voltage Up to 500 I/O signals
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 96
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM 1703 device series – AK 1703 ACP
High
Low
AK 1703 ACP
RTU RTU from from aa medium medium up up to to aa large large number number of of data data points points
Can be used as a central device or as a substation Automation unit available Up to 66 serial interfaces für local and remote communication Large number of protocols available
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 97
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 4. Software installation Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Starting Setup.exe
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 99
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Chose Branding
The selection PAS or PQS will install exactly the same components, the difference is just the „Branding“
Standard path Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 100
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Complete or Customized
Custom offer to un-select single components. However, the full installation would usually be preferred.
Standard path Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 101
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Destination Folder
The standard installation path should only be changed, if there are certain reasons for, e.g. some types of the SICAM Station Unit require other paths.
Standard path Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 102
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Demo or Licensed
Demo means without a dongle, provides the full functionality of the system, but limits the Runtime System to 3 hours. After that, the RT can be restarted again (for the next 3 hours).
Full Server or DIP functionality is a matter of installation, not a matter of hardware.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 103
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Now the real installation starts
The first part is not SICAM PAS itself, but the prerequisites, which is mainly the DotNet Framework 3.5 client
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 104
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Installation of PAS component First part finished successfully, now the SICAM PAS itself is being installed
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 105
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Installation finished - Restart
Log-Files will be written into this path, if errors occurred during installation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 106
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
After Re-Boot
A window may pop up after having re-booted the computer, if there was more than one ethernet-adapter. The adapter, which is to be used with SICAM PAS, has to be added to the medium window pane.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 107
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Paths
All software is split up into 5 paths. One reason is the ability also to install the package without having admin rights. •C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Siemens Energy\SICAM PAS PQS (includes e.g. Database Dir) •C:\Program Files\Siemens Energy\SICAM\PAS PQS (includes e.g. bin, binui Dir) •C:\Program Files\Common Files\Siemens\Energy (includes e.g. ntp.exe Files) •C:\Siemens\Energy\SySrv (includes e.g. System Services) •C:\Documents and Settings\[UserAccount]\Local Settings\Application Data\Siemens Energy\SICAM PAS PQS (includes the Session Management) If SICAM PAS should once be de-installed completely, use the “Add/Remove Programs” window, and afterwards delete these 5 paths manually.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 108
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 5. Licensing Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Licensing
The license file is to be moved by a special program from a memory stick to the hard disk of the PC.
SICAM SCC software:
SICAM PAS software: You can choose between several SICAM PAS basic packets
The optional software packets for e.g. several protocols are to be activated by a password (from a license card) in combination with the related dongle.
DIGSI software:
The license key (password) is to be entered during software installation. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 110
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Dongle and passwords In order to run SICAM PAS you need a dongle and password cards. The dongle is to be plugged to a USB-port of the PC (or SICAM Station Unit). Together with the dongle you get password cards with all services (protocols) which you purchased. Later, to add another service, you just need another password card
License Card for Runtime
License Card for Configuration
License Card for IEC 61850
......
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 111
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
How to open the Feature Enabler
The Feature Enabler releases those applications, which we want to run on the PAS computer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 112
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Feature Enabler
Depending of the usage of the PAS PCs at least the configuration license and/or the runtime license should be entered. Almost all other applications are communication services and depend on the desired functionality.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 113
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
How to install passwords
To enable a certain application, a password has to be entered. A unique password list comes along with the Dongle.
The installation just takes a few seconds. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 114
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Parameterization without configuration license
Even if you have no configuration license but a runtime license you can do some (limited)parameterization in the UI-Configuration tool. You can add new applications, mainly für PQS applications. In this case IEC 103 and IEC61850 protocols belong to these applications.
With all the other applications you can: not connect new devices or interfaces not delete devices or interfaces aber alle anderen change parameters add new information
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 115
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Parameterization without configuration license Even if you would have no Configuration License but a Runtime License you can perform some (restricted) changes in the UI-Configuration tool:
You can: add some applications (restricted) add new messages change parameters
You cannot: add new devices or interfaces delete devices or interfaces
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 116
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
License models SICAM PAS PQS can run in two modes: Demo version (no dongle) With the demo version you can run SICAM PAS/PQS as a Full Server (no DIPs). After 3 hours all protocol drivers and the central server stop. The configuration manager will still be running. After restarting the SICAM PAS runs for the next 3 hours and so on. Restrictions: Projects you have configured in demo version cannot work in the licensed version. You cannot run SICAM PAS/PQS as a distributed system (Full Server – DIP) You can save only one fault record and power quality data for one day in the archive.
Licensed version (with dongle) With the licensed version SICAM PAS/PQS can run as Full Server or as DIP(s) Restrictions : You can only use services which you have purchased and activated in the Feature Enabler
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 117
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
License keys
Licenses for SICAM PAS basis packets Licenses for PQS Licenses for communication from/to IEDs Licenses for communication from/to tele control center Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 118
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Which SICAM PAS Basic packets are available?
Full Server
Basic packet - configurations
upgrades
medium
large
small medium medium large
Config
medium
large
medium large
RT&Config
medium
large
medium large
Runtime
Small:
small
up to 4 IEDs
Medium: up to 15 IEDs (data points unlimited) or up to 2000 data points (IEDs unlimited) Large:
unlimited
DIP Runtime RT&Config Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 119
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 6. UI User Interface Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
UI - User Interface - 3 Tools
The SICAM PAS User Interface consists of three independent programs SICAM PAS UI – Configuration This program is used for parameterization of the project specific applications SICAM PAS UI – Operation Here the user gets an overview of the situation of the applications, interfaces and device connections. SICAM PAS Value Viewer The program is the tool for engineering, commissioning and operation. It permits both the visualisation of the process - and system status and the command execution for test purposes.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 121
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Highlights
Clearness through structured user interface Data exchange through Import- and Export functions Sort and filter functions increase the comfort Graphical engineering of automation functions Online plausibility check Context sensitive online help
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 122
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS UI Configuration
If the owner uses passwords for each user, here you could see the login name Here you can see the license size (Medium, Large)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 123
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration To configure… Applications (IED-Protocols, control centres, HMI, automation, OPC) Interfaces (serial interfaces, Ethernet, Profibus DP) Devices (Bay units and protection devices, tap changers, power meters)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 124
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping
• Here we decide, which information is to be used • And also the telecontrol addresses, list assignment and protocol specific parameters are defined for interfaces to higher level control centres
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 125
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Topology
While ”Configuration" shows a technically oriented view of the system, the “Topology” displays a process oriented view of the station a project specific, structured station topology arises. Information levels can be defined Station Voltage level Bay
Also user defined levels can be created.
Information is to be assigned to the created levels by drag & drop.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 126
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Templates Based on templates device and project specific device descriptions and templates for normalisation can be defined. In terms of consideration of typical names of information can be defined project specific define feedback indications to commands
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 127
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Tabs for PQ
Reports In this viewyou can configure templates for reports which will be generated cyclic. The templates contain selected measurement values which are used for evaluation of the network quality. The report templates are created as a txt file and imported into the SICAM PAS/PQS. Point of time and cycle when the report shall be created can be adjusted in the report template. Grid Code Here you can define the thresholds which the grid has to keep. These Grid Codes are the basis for the evaluation of the PQ measuerement data quality of the system.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 128
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration Data Exchange The project specific defined amount of information of a device can be imported for the most important protocols. All in the SCD comprised devices are automatically imported
SICAM Substations Export of T101parameter data XMLExport file SICAM plusTOOLS > V4.0 SICAM - SAS - RTU, eRTU - miniRTU
Migration SINAUT LSA
Protection devices / Bay Controllers
Export of ILSA-
Export of T103parameter data
parameter data
DBaseExport file DIGSI 4
XMLExport file
LSA Converter
Protection devices / Bay Controllers
Protection devices / Bay Controllers
Export of Profibus FMSparameter data
Export of IEC 61850 parameter data
XMLExport file DIGSI 4
SCD- File XML-Export file DIGSI 4
LSA 678 and SINAUT LSA SIPROTEC 4
SICAM PCC, SICAM PAS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 129
SICAM PAS
Import of engineering data - IEC 61850 - Profibus FMS - IEC 60870-5-103 - IEC 60870-5-101 - LSA parameter file
Data exchange shortens duration and avoids typing errors
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4 and 3rd party devices
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration Data Exchange
User friendly Imported data can be updated later, e.g. after modifications
Control centre interface
For the connection to higher level control centers (e.g. Spectrum Power CC) engineering data can be exported to XML files for the protocols IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-104
SPECTRUM Power CC Import von Projektierungsdaten - IEC 60870-5-101 - IEC 60870-5-104 SICAM PAS CC SICAM PAS
Export Von Projektierungsdaten -IEC 60870-5-101 -IEC 60870-5-104
XMLExportDatei
Interface to SICAM PAS CC The information required in local visualisation SICAM PAS CC can be exported, and afterwards imported with the SICAM Wizard.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 130
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration Data Exchange
OPC Client The OPC-server publishes data online. I.e. there is no export file, but the running server has to be connected to the network of the configuration computer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 131
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Additional Features
User defined user interface layout The individual elements (operator menu, window, …) of the user interface can be arranged user specific. not required columns can be removed. Remaining of the last status The user specific arrangement remains unchanged after a restart of the computer. After program restart the user is in exactly that view, in which he has left. Sort and filter function In all tables Up- and downwards sorting in all columns Pre- or user-defined filters Online help A context sensitive online support for all engineering topics Switching between the languages German and English
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 132
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Plausibility of Data
The plausibility of the data input is immediately checked, faulty entries are visualised. In the configuration view a short help text is displayed and a corresponding note is displayed directly in case of missing inputs. Faulty cells or lines are immediately marked red colour. A tool tip helps to correct.
Die Werte dieser Spalte müssen eindeutig sein!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 133
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Automation
To configure logic functions we have 4 different editors… CFC – Continuous Function Chart Graphical configuration, simple rules, easy to learn ST – Structured Text A real programming language, like PASCAL, more flexible, for programmers SFC – Sequential Function Chart Step oriented, includes ST code, mainly for switching sequences IL – Instruction List For users coming from industrial automation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 134
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Automation with CFC
CFC is used for the realisation of automation functions. The CFC allows the graphical connection of function blocks. A large library of system tested function blocks is available for the substation automation. Plan in plan technology increases the clarity of the function plans. Simple engineering rules make the definition and interpretations of function plans easier. (Flow of sequence of the plans from top to down and afterwards from left to the right) Mapping of information to be in the automation is made in the mapping view table Information, which is to be OR grouped, can be assigned in the mapping table
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 135
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS UI Operation
The user gets an overview about the status of his runtime environment The Tree view offers a fast view of the status of the components (application, interface, devices) by using different symbols and colours. Furthermore each of the components can be started and stopped individually in the right hand side window pane.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 136
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS Value Viewer The SICAM PAS Value Viewer is an important tool for engineering, testing, commissioning and operation. It allows the visualization of the process and system information without additional engineering and provides information about current status and quality.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 137
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 7. Starting project Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Our desired configuration
PAS Full Server
RTU
IEC 101
COM-Port1 IEC101 Master interface
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 139
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening the Feature Enabler
With the Feature Enabler we have to enable the applications we wish to use in our project
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 140
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Feature Enabler
Configuration and Runtime features are always necessary to configure a new PAS project!
The options are always project specific.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 141
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering key codes
To enable a certain application, a password has to be entered. The unique password list comes together with your dongle.
The installation (it is just the password to be installed) just takes a second.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 142
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening the Parameterization Tool
UI-Configuration is the parameterization tool for SICAM PAS system. All the information to be processed, all the communication interfaces and all IEDs have to be defined here.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 143
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration Window
Current view
tree view
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 144
properties
Help Information
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating a Full Server Computer
System = Computer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 145
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Computer Settings
The IP-Address is entered automatically. The available COM ports are found after pressing Search. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 146
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating an IEC101-Master to connect the RTU
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 147
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating an interface
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 148
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Importing the RTU file
A device can either be created through a template or through an import function
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 149
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Importing a file
After a verification, which is reported, another selection window occurs to select the desired device
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 150
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Device parameters
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 151
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping shows the Information Volume
Imported messages appear in Mapping
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 152
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Selecting desired messages
Ticking USE means to make a message available for further processing, i.e. to send to an HMI-system, to send to a telecontrol center, to process in logic functions etc. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 153
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
How to select a group of messages Filter
Example: We are going to disable all commands with the address 99999999 1. Open drop-down-menu in Telegram Address column and select 99999999. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 154
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
How to select a group Filter
2. 3. 4. 5.
Select the headline “Use” to mark the whole column (blue colour) Move the mouse pointer into the blue marked area Press the right-hand mouse button to select “No” Disable the filter
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 155
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
No saving necessary
This finishes the first part of the parameterization. There is no save-button, because all the entries are directly written into the data base. The configured PAS system should now be able to run. If we connected the RTU the communication should work.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 156
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 8. UI Operation Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Starting UI-Operation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 158
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
UI-Operation window
The Operation window displays all the components we defined in UI-Configuration, but this is an online-view The user easily recognises the current state of SICAM PAS and the connected devices
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 159
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Activate Changes
If settings were changed in UI-Configuration (new application, changing parameters, etc.), we have to activate these changes in UI-Operation. If parameters of a CFE component were modified in UI Configuration, e.g. Baudrate of an interface, changes have to be taken over into the Runtime system by Activate Changes. If a Non-CFE-component modified, changes have to be activated by Stopping and Re-Starting the application
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 160
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Updating the System
For the first time we have to update the system to get it running On every update, a Report window logs each single step
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 161
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
The Update buttons
If, in an existing service, an additional component was added or changed, the view must be updated. The Runtime will not be stopped. If new applications were inserted, it is necessary to update and restart the runtime system
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 162
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Symbols in the tree view
Full Server is running IEC101-Master is running IEC104-Slave was stopped Interface is not valid
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 163
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of symbols
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 164
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of symbols
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 165
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Operation - functions
Each level shows the current state and can manually be started or stopped
The IED level additionally contains buttons for General Interrogations as well as for Bay-Blocking and Telecontrol-Blocking Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 166
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Operation - functions
all sublevels are included
With the context menu we also can start or stop including all the sublevels Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 167
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting of the 101-Master
After starting all, the levels turn to Pending-Up state which means it is trying to start, but did not yet succeed because there is no answer from the RTU.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 168
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Startup completed
After a few seconds all the levels have started and are running now Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 169
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Important Notes
The runtime system is widely independent from the UI-Operation Tool
I.e. even if you close UI-Operation, PAS system keeps on running
Even after shutting down and restarting the computer, the runtime system will automatically start
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 170
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 9. Value Viewer Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
What is a Value Viewer for?
The Value Viewer displays information components online in form of a table •Every line represents an information point, e.g. SP, DP, ME_FL, IT... •Various components are displayed in columns, e.g. Value, Cause, Validity
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 172
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening the Value Viewer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 173
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
List of all Information
The selection of the top level would display all information in the entire substation Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 174
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Important columns
Time Stamp: Time of last acquisition Time Stamp Status: Valid=Time from PAS, Process=from processing device Time Stamp Quality: Quality regarding time sync (Low, medium, high) Value Path: Path from configuration (not from Topology) Value Name: Information name Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 175
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Important columns
Value: current value (Off, on, raised, cleared...) Initiator Category: Source of information (Local, remote, automatic...) Cause of Transmission: Reason why a message occurred Validity: Message can be invalid, if device was faulty or switched off Additional cause: i.e. interlocking, switching current check, control authority violation, set=actual, chatter blocking, upper or lowwer limit,... Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 176
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Important columns
Type of Value: Data type, e.g. SP, DT IT, ME_FL COV Sequence Number: especially supported for transient messages (fleeting points) Identification Number: e.g. fault record number
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 177
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
The properties of a message
The properties pane is for manual data modification for test purposes Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 178
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Properties page in detail
Here we can watch or modify information: Entering a 2, we initialize a change from Open to Closed. To activate simulation, click on button Transmit Write access to the database is to be authorized since version 6. The standard password is 000000. As this message is originally a binary input, it will change back after a while due to the cyclic interrogation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 179
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Control function
We can also control commands: After selecting a command, we can enter the control value. Control must be checked.
Transmit now initiates the command Password entry just like before
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 180
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Testing data
The Value Viewer allows us to test all information without using an HMI system or telecontrol interface. We even can simulate certain messages or values, which usually may not appear. The control function allows us to control any command. Be careful with the Value Viewer on a hot substation !!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 181
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 10. Telecommunication with IEC 60870-5-101 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Tele-Communication – What´s that? Control Center
Transfer of the actual process information (monitoring direction) and control of the equipment (control direction). Communication via different types of media with standard (IEC) telecontrol protocols
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 183
Telecontrol Channel
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
What do we need for?
RTU
Data Transmission Unit
Data Transmission Unit
Control Center
Telecontrol Channel
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 184
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Which types of data transfer units are available?
Analog: VFT telegraphy) Modem
Voice Frequency Telegraphy (multi channel Modulator/Demodulator
Digital: PCM-Multiplexer up to 64kBaud
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 185
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Which kinds of communication media can be used?
Pilot cable
2- or 4-wires
Fiber optic cable
for example at/in overhead earth wire
PLC (TFH/TFM) voltage lines
Power line carrier channel via high- or medium
Telephone
Permanent lines, leased lines
Radio Relay System
Radio
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 186
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Telecontrol Standards
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission International Standard Protocols
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 187
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC - Standards
Standard-protocols based on IEC 60870-5 IEC 60870-5-101, the telecontrol profile IEC 60870-5-102, the counter profile IEC 60870-5-103, the IED/protection relay profile IEC 60870-5-104, the network profile (based on 60870-5-101)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 188
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870 – 5 – 101 - The most important features
high transmission security non-slip synchronization hierarchy structure efficient data transmission small expenditure of hard and software (cost optimised) compatibility between different producer Communication balanced or unbalanced Transmission speed up to 64 kBit/s Object oriented transmission (qualifier) Full time stamp possible Open to structure the information address Integrated diagnostic features Transmission priority controlled
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 189
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870-5-101 Protocol
IEC 60870 – 5 – 101 telegram structure
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 190
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870-5-101 – Telegram Types
Telegram with fixed length *)
Telegram with variable length Start char. = 68 hex Block length Block length Start char. = 68 hex Control field Address field Type ID Variable structure ID Cause of transmission Station address
Header
Single characters
Single characters = E5 hex Start char. = 10 hex Header Telegram with Control field Single characters User fixed length *) area Address field Checksum E Start char. = 10 hex Header Single characters =5 hex End char. = 16 hex Control field User Header area Address field *) Also called short record Checksum End char.= 16 hex
User area
Information address
*) Also called short record
hb_sy_st
Information object Checksum End char. = 16 hex
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 191
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Structure of the service data unit
Type identifier Variable structure identifier Identification field of the data unit
Type of data unit
Cause of transmission Cause of transmission Common address of the ASDU Common address of the ASDU
Service data unit of the application unit
Address of the information object Address of the information object
Identification field of the Information object
Address of the information object Information object 1
Set of information elements Time mark ms Time mark ms IV
Res
Time mark min
Information object n
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 192
Time mark of the Information object
optional per system
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Type Identification in monitoring direction
Value 0 1
Type of Informationobject
Not defined Single-point indication Single-point indication with time 2 stamp 3 Double-point indication Double-point indication with time 4 stamp 5 Tap position indication Tap position indication with time 6 stamp 7 Bit pattern 8 Bit pattern with time stamp 9 Measured value, normalized Measured value, normalized with 10 time 11 Measured value, scaled 12 Measured value, scaled with time 13 Measured value, floating point Measured value, floating point Restricted 14 © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. with time F02_Page 193 15 Metered value
Length of Info-Object 1 4 1 4 2 5 5 8 3 6 3 6 5 10. Telecommunication 8 IEC 101 with Siemens Power Academy TD
5
Type Identification in command direction
Value
Type of Informationobject
Length of Info-Object
45
Single point command
1
46
Double point command
1
47
Tap setting command
1
48 49 50
Analog set point command, normalized Analog set point command, scaled Analog set point command, floating
51
Digital set point command
52…6 9
Reserved for extensions
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 194
2 2 4 4
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Type Identification for organization objects
Value
Type of Informationobject
Length of InfoObject
70
End-of-initialization
1
71…99
Reserved for extensions
100
(General-) interrogation command
1
101
Counter interrogation command
1
103
Clock synchronization command
7
104
Testing command
2
105
Process reset command
1
106…109
Reserved for extensions
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 195
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Type Identification for parameters
Value 110 111 112
Type of Informationobject Parameter for meas. values, normalized value Parameter for meas. values, scaled value Parameter for meas. values floating point
Length of Info-Object 3
3
113
Parameter for activation
5
114…127
Reserved for extensions
1
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 196
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Transmission lists, priorities, functions
Priority low
Basic cycle list
Continuous start if “Transmitter is free” Start by a counter, depends on the number of transmitted telegrams of the basic cycle
Periodic list Prio: 15 1...8 *)
Start by internal clock or counter (number of transmitted telegrams)
Time- /countercontrolled lists Prio: 14
Interrogation lists Prio: 9 ... 13 Prio: 9 ... 13
Spontaneous lists Telegram image, Telegram buffer
Prio: 1 ... 8
Organisation list System indications
Start by a command from CC Start by a spontaneous process information Start by CPU if an internal indication will occur
Prio: always 0
high
*) with raising priority
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 197
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Transmission lists, important lists
Basic cycle list
Only for point-to-point traffic, to supervise the communication channel
Periodic list Time- / countercontrolled list Polling List
One of the most important lists: Necessary for the General Interrogation
Spontaneous List Process image, Event buffer
Also very important: Necessary for event transmission
Organization List System events
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 198
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Spontaneous lists
Which spontaneous lists and buffers are available? ...and what are their tasks? Initiation buffer Events will be marked in a special process image. One bit for the information and one bit for changes. Now the information is prepared for transmitting. If the event will change before transmission will happen, the bit in the process image will be actualized. Always the latest value is in the process image. The advantage is that the actual value will be transmitted and the number of transmissions will be reduced. Used for transmission of measurements and persistent indications.
Spontaneous lists Process image Initiation buffer
Telegram buffer with time Events are stored in a buffer with time stamp. If the same message changes again, before the buffered telegram was transmitted, an additional telegram with new time stamp and new value is put into the buffer Often used for indication telegrams
Telegram buffer without time Like above, just without time stamp
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 199
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Cause of Transmission
1
Cyclic, basic cycle, timer/counter
2
Background scan
3
Spontaneous
4
Initialized
Common address of the ASDU
5
Abgefragt
Common address of the ASDU
6
Activation (in control direction)
Address of the information object
7
Confirmation of activation (in monitor dir.)
Address of the information object
8
Cancellation of activation
9
Confirmation of cancellation of activation
10
Conclusion of the activation
11
Process feedback (e.g. from contr. center)
12
Process feedback (local command)
13
File Transfer
20
Response to general interrogation
Type identifier Variable structure identifier Cause of transmission Cause of transmission
Address of the information object Set of information elements Time mark ms Time mark ms IV
Res
Time mark min
Information object n
21-36 Response to group scan 1-16
Cause of transmissions contains information for the Control Center, how to compute this message!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 200
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Quality Information
Type of information
IV
NT
SB
BL
Single indications
x x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
Double indications Transformer taps Bit pattern Measured values Metered values Protection indications
EI
CY
x
x
OV
T
x
x
x x
x
CA
x
x
Legend: IV NT SB BL EI CY CA OV T
Invalid Not topical Substituted Blocked Elapsed time invalid Carry during the specific integration period Presetting since the last reading of the counter Overflow Transient state
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 201
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Quality Information
Abbr .
Name
Explanation
IV
Invalid
Invalid value, e.g. Invalid transformer tap position
NT
Not topical
Not topical, e.g. because of a I/O hardware problem
SB
Substituted
e.g. if a switch position has been substituted
BL
Blocked
e.g. because of bay blocking or telecontrol blocking
EI
Elapsed time invalid
Only for protection indication if relative time is invalid
CY
Carry during the specific integration period
Only for counters, counter counts from maximum to 0
CA
Presetting since the last reading of the counter
Only for counters, if value was substituted
OV
Overflow
Overflow, e.g. more than 24mA on a 20mAinput
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
T
Transient state
F02_Page 202
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101
Motor-drive-running-indication for Tap positions Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 11. Communication with a Control Center using IEC 60870-5-101 Slave Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Tele communication with a Control Centre
Control Centre States, alarms, analogs
Commands Switchgear
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 204
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering the necessary objects
The interface is automatically assigned to the next free COM-port (check the COM port address). All the objects have their default settings which might be modified in the properties page (for our exercise we will use defaults). The List object is important, as this means the General Interrogation List. A missing Interrogation List causes a missing response on an incoming Interrogation command.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 205
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Important Parameters Interface Level I
Parameters have to match settings in the Control Centre (for our exercise we will use defaults).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 206
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Important Parameters Interface Level II
Here we can set time stamp parameters for each data type
Parameters have to match settings in the Control Centre (for our exercise we will use defaults).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 207
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Important Parameters CC Level
This is the Substation Address (!) Parameters have to match settings in the Control Centre (for our exercise we will use defaults). Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 208
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping
Select Control Center, Mark the whole List-column, Select Yes for all (except IT type) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 209
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering Telegram Addresses - Monitoring direction
Mark the Telegram Address column, Select Automatic Value Input, Enter a start value for calculation Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 210
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Command Direction has to be defined as well
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 211
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Enable new application
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 212
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
UI-Operation - Update View
1. The new application may not yet be visible, because we have not yet updated the view.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 213
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
UI-Operation - Update System
2. As we have inserted a new service (101 Slave), we have to update the system
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 214
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting up the 101-Slave
After having updated the system, the new application always appears first time in “Stop” mode. Starting the IEC101-Slave including the sublevels, the slave changes to “Pending Up” mode. As no Control Center is connected, the communication will not yet run. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 215
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Our current configuration
Control Center
PAS Full Server RTU IEC 101
IEC 101 Instead of a real Control Center we are going to use IECTEST as a Control Center simulation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 216
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 12. Interface Tester IECTEST for IEC 60870-5-101/104 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Brief description
Software IECTEST is especially developed for easy use and understanding under WINDOWS.
An extra advantage is, that we do not need any auxiliary card. Communication runs on serial interfaces (COM ports), and respectively on the Ethernet network card.
IECTEST can run parallel to other Windows applications, e.g. SIMATIC-Manager.
It supports protocols IEC60870-5-101 (balanced and unbalanced mode) as well as IEC60870-5-104 and limited also -103.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 218
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Main window - Settings
COM-Port used by IECTEST (not PAS!!)
IEC 101 / IEC 104 Dircection Bit Communication mode Balanced / Unbalanced Usage of Single Characters Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 219
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Our Training Configuration with IEC 101
IECTEST as a Control Center simulator
PAS Full Server RTU
IEC 101
COM-Port
COM-Port
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 220
RS232 Cable
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Our IEC 101 Parameters have to match with PAS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 221
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting communication
Sent requests (orange) and responses from substation (green)
Communication protocol Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 222
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting communication
If communication does not start, the Link Layer has to be normalized:
1.
2.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 223
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening Telegram Output Window
Either here… or via menu Windows / Frame Interpreter
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 224
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Telegram Output Window
Message in hexadecimal code
Structured or unstructured address Received / Transmitted
Cause of Transmission Substation address Type Identifier
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 225
Quality Bits Value
Time stamp
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Command Settings
Normal commands like single- or double commands Analog Setpoints
Digital Setpoints
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 226
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Command Settings
Information object address structured - unstructured Switching direction OFF (Open) ON (Close)
Type identifier TK45=Single Cmd TK46=Double Cmd TK47=Tap Changer Cmd
Activation Abortion (for static Cmds) Execution of Cmds Select before operate SBO (2-step-command-ouput)
Execute command
cyclic output
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 227
Cmd qualifier (duration)
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
How to send organizational messages
TI100 General Interrogation TI101 counter interrogation Time synchronization
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 228
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Our Training Configuration with IEC 104
IECTEST as a Control Center simulator
PAS Full Server RTU IEC 104 Switch
LAN-interface
LAN-interface LAN Cable
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 229
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Settings for IEC 60870-5-104
IP address of the remote PAS computer Don‘t change Port number Check ASDU address!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 230
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870-5-104 Slave - Control Center Simulation
Start DT will be sent automatically Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 231
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870-5-104 Slave - Control Center Simulation
Start_DT can also be sent manually Select „T104“ tab. Press „Start_DT act“ if necessary.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 232
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Output of messages
IEC 104 uses full time stamp
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 233
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
How to display messages as plain text
Here we can display plain text
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 234
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Exporting messages from PAS UI Configuration
Export Names
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 235
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
How to import a message file
Chose file
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 236
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
How to import a message file
Imported messages split up into monitoring and control direction
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 237
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Displaying plain text in runtime mode
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 238
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870-5-101/104 - Time Synchronisation
In your PAS Computer:
Delete checkmark for time synch telegram via TI 103
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 239
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 13. Siemens Serial Hub 7XV5655 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Our desired configuration
PAS Server PAS Server SIPROTEC
IEC 103 Electrical or optical
IEC 103 via Ethernet Serial Hub 7XV5655
Mini Bay Unit 6MB525
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 241
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring a Serial Hub
Together with a Serial Hub (or Serial Modem) we also get an installation CD The configuration software as well as the firmware has to be installed on our Computer. The Hub has to be connected to the Ethernet. Opening the configuration tools „ipether“ the parameters of the hub will be displayed
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 242
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Downloading Software
Choose „Accessories“ and then „7XV5655“ Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 243
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Software components
The configuration tool has to be installed, to set the necessary parameters in the hub. The firmware is usually not necessary, as it was already loaded by the factory.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 244
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Downloading files
We now get the packed files
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 245
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Extracting the files
After extraction
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 246
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Installing the configuration tools
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 247
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Supported by a Wizard
You have to click trough several dialog boxes.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 248
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting the configuration tool
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 249
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration
The hub appears after a short time
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 250
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Define IP-Address
The IP-Address has to be defined and has to apply to your network.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 251
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Define Name
The name should be entered to identify the hub, especially if several hubs were existing in your network.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 252
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Properties Dialog
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 253
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Defining Protocol format
TC57 is the higher level part of the IEC60870-5-103 specification With IEC103 we always have to use format FT1.2
TC57 is a technical commission within the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) responsible for telecommunication for power transmission and distribution and also defines a telegram structure FT1.2 (IEC60870-5-1) is a data format used for protocols like IEC60870-5-101 or -103 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 254
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Defining COM Port
Define COM Port and enable RS485 half duplex
The COM-Port address will not be loaded into the hub, but serves as a “virtual COM-Port” for your computer, which is mapped to a certain IP-Address. We recommend not to use COM-Ports 3 and 4 for Serial Hubs, because they are often used PC internal (even though they are physically not existent). Half Duplex is a communication mode for 2-wires-RS485 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 255
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Diagnosis
Settings are active immediately : •The hub is accessable via PING •The hub is in the local network (and not behind a router)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 256
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
DIP switch setting at the Hub
RS232 / RS 485
S2
FO Off / FO On
RS485 termination On
/
Off
On
/
Off
S1
RS232 or RS485 Optical or electrical
RS485 termination on or off*
*an RS485 bus has to be terminated at both of the ends of the line to avoid reflections.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 257
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Search for COM Port in SICAM PAS
The new COM port has been found
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 258
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 14. Connection of a Field Device with IEC 60870-5-103 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Our desired configuration
PAS Server SIPROTEC
IEC 103 electrical or optical
Mini Bay Unit 6MB525
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 260
IEC 103 via Ethernet Serial Hub 7XV5655
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration of a Serial Hub
The serial hub is already pre-configured and provides a new COM-Port at your PC In our configuration we have selected COM 7
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 261
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS Configuration – Search for new COM-port
The new COM port has been found
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 262
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating an IEC103-Master and Interface
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 263
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication Parameters
The next free COM port is automatically entered. Check, whether it is the desired one. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 264
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating a device
A device can either be defined by using a template or by import function (*.dbf file) But we have neither of them!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 265
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Mini Bay Unit 6MB525
MBU is not to be configured with DIGSI. That's why we cant create an export file. A suitable device description has been prepared. We just have to import it into Templates
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 266
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
The imported device template
These addresses are sent from the device, these names are for further processing in PAS Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 267
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Defining message designations
The yellow marked messages are related to digital inputs and should be renamed according to their meaning, All others are internal messages.
Commands Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 268
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Assigning new template to the device
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 269
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Device Parameters
Some general device parameters have to be entered manually, e.g. device name and address
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 270
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping shows the Information Volume
Tick all renamed messages for further processing.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 271
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping of new information
New source information can now be mapped to anywhere, e.g. to the telecontrol interface
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 272
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Additional Information
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 273
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Getting a DBF-File from DIGSI
DIGSI can generate a DBF device file.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 274
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Importing a Device File
To import a device it is necessary to have such a Device File (from DIGSI). Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 275
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Importing a Device File
The import is logged in a report window. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 276
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Data Units and Info Identification (Templates)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 277
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Data Units specified in IEC 60870-5-103
DU
Monitoring direction
DU
Control direction
1
Time-tagged message
6
Time synchronisation
2
Time-tagged message with relative time
7
General interrogation
3
Measurands I
4
Time-tagged measurand with relative time
10
Generic data
5
Identification
6
Time synchronisation
20
General command
8
General interrogation termination
21
Generic command
9
Measurands II
10
Generic data
24
Order for disturbance data transmission
11
Generic identification
25
Acknowledgement for disturbance data transmission
23
List of recorded disturbances
26
Ready for transmission of disturbance data
27
Ready for transmission of a channel
28
Ready for transmission of tags
29
Transmission of tags
30
Transmission of disturbance values
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
31
End of transmission
F02_Page 278
In the device related documentation of the supplier you should find the description for every message with the assignment to it's specific Data Unit type.
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Info Identification in PAS for IEC 60870-5-103
ID
Description
1
Single switch command, pulse
2
Double switch command, pulse
3
Digital Setpoint, 8 bits
4
Analogue setpoint, normalized
5
Digital Setpoint, 16 bits
6
Digital Setpoint, 32 bits
7
(Special command)
8
Single switch command, continuous
9
Double switch command, continuous
10
Metered value freeze command (restore)
11
Switching authority command
12
Digital output (1 bit) --> CR
13
Task controlled output (1bit) --> CR
14
State acquisition
15
Analogue Setpoint, floating point
16
Tap changer command
17
Analogue S etpoint, fixed point
18
Flag setting command
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 279
ID
Description
50
Single indication
51
Transient message (fleeting point)
52
Double indication
53
Tap position indication
54
Bit pattern 8 bits
55
Bit pattern 16 bits
56
Bit pattern 32 bits
57
Bit pattern 24 bits
58
Metering value (counter)
59
Measured value
60
Short time message (special single indication)
61
Absolute time message with value
62
Measured value, floating point
63
Single indication with value
70
Tap position indication (BCD)
71
Tap position indication (1 out of 6 bits)
72
Tap position indication (1 out of 14 bits)
73
Tap position indication (1 out of 22 bits)
74
Tap position indication (1 out of 30 bits)
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103
Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 15. SICAM PAS CFC Logic Function Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Inserting „Automation“ Components
e.g. a resultant message, or internal command Information without I/O = internal information
e.g. alarm indications to be grouped or derived command Information with I/O = external information
SoftPLC = Software emulated PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 281
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
1. Example: OR Grouping
•As soon as one Alarm raises, the Resultant Alarm also raises. •If all Alarms have cleared, the Resultant Alarm also clears. SICAM PAS
Alarm 1 Alarm 2
RTU
OR
Alarm 3
Resultant Alarm
Control Center
Alarm 4
Alarm 3
Alarm 2
Alarm 1
Alarm 4
Information to SoftPLC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 282
Information from SoftPLC
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Routing messages to SoftPLC
All the messages (from any IED) appear here. We just select those, which we want to send to the logic
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 283
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Information from SoftPLC...
....is always linked to a PLC Master Device which is a Device Template
To modify the PLC Master Device we have to open Templates
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 284
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Template PLC Master Device – Duplicating
Here we find one piece of information of every type. To keep the existing information type, we duplicate the desired type, which has to serve as a resultant message (e.g. SP) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 285
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Renaming duplicated message
As information name has to be unique, we have to rename the new message. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 286
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Information from SoftPLC
In Mapping we now find the new message, and again we route it to SoftPLC also.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 287
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening SoftPLC Desktop
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 288
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
SoftPLC Desktop
Offline files Window to edit file content
Function Blocks and Variables
Compiler messages
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 289
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating a CFC file
Editors 1.
4.
2.
3.
Enter file name
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 290
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Choosing a CFC block from the catalog
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 291
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Inserting a CFC block
Drag and drop
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 292
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Inserting Variable into interconnection column
M=Master S=Slave G=Group
1. Open tab Variables 2. Select a Variable 3. Drag into interconnection column Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 293
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Connecting block input and Variable
1. Select one item to be connected 2. Press Shift-key and keep pressed 3. Click on the other item 4. Release Shift-key Shiftclick
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 294
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Connecting Group Alarm Message to the output
Resultant Alarm
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 295
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Compilation
…via menu PLC or via toolbar The compilation must be errorless
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 296
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Feature Enabler – Enable Automation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 297
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
UI-Operation – Update system/view and start automation
We have to start all the automation tree
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 298
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Testing the Logic Function
The ValueViewer is the most simple way to watch the Resultant Message
Simulate the respective Alarms to raise or to clear the Resultant Message
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 299
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
CFC Examples
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Grouping with a “PAS_ORI”-Function Block (already done) Grouping with a Boolean OR („OR_FBD“-Function Block) Grouping with a “PAS_GROUPI”-Function Block Interlocking Command Derivation Converting Counter Differential Value into a Counter Final Value
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 300
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
2. Grouping with a Boolean OR
Alarm 1
Change Cause 1 Indictyp 3 Signal_1
= Trigger on a changing value = Spontaneous = Single Point (SP) = Value (0=cleared, 1=raised)
Resultant Alarm
Alarm 2
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 301
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Grouping with a “PAS_GROUPI”-Function Block
1st step is to create a “Group” in configuration view.
We usually rename the group, e.g. to the name of the resultant message.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 302
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Grouping with a “PAS_GROUPI”-Function Block
2nd step is to assign the desired alarms to the new “Group” which appears as a new column.
Just tick here
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 303
Name of the group
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Grouping with a “PAS_GROUPI”-Function Block
3rd step is to insert the PAS_GROUPI block
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 304
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Grouping with a “PAS_GROUPI”-Function Block
4th step is link the “Group” to the block input, and finally the resultant alarm
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 305
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
4. Interlocking
MBU: Interlocking of Q0 against Q1, Q9 and Q8
Q1 Q0
Q0 is allowed to close only, if Q8 is open and Q1 and Q9 are not in disturbed/Intermediate position. It is always allowed to open Q0
Q9
Q8
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 306
Bus Bar Disconnnector Circuit Breaker Line Disconnector Earth Switch
Q1 Q0 Q9 Q8
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
4. Interlocking
MBU: Interlocking of Q0 against Q1, Q9 and Q8
CB Command
Q8
Q1 Bus Bar Disconnnector Circuit Breaker Line Disconnector Earth Switch
Q1 Q0 Q9 Q8
Q9
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 307
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
4. Interlocking
How to test interlocking? 1. MBU must be connected an run (Green Run symbol in UI Operation). 2. Set the Breaker to ON position and send an OFF command (e.g. with ValueViewer). Check if executed (LED). 3. Set all conditions in such a way to allow the Breaker to be switched ON. Send an ON command and check if executed. 4. Change the conditions not to allow an ON command anymore. Send an ON command and check if rejected (no visible reaction).
Note: Testing interlocking always requires a positive (command executes) as well as a negative (command does not execute) test !
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 308
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
4. Interlocking
For higher security:
On initiation of this command, the PAS system checks whether the Automation component was actively running. If not, the command was locked (and cannot bypass the automation) for security reasons. Note: Any command with interlocking should be ticked here! Commands without COMMCP block must not be ticked! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 309
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
5. Command Derivation
Example Load Shedding: If “Alarm 1” raises, e.g. from a frequency relay, a consumer (load) must be switched off. INDIC
COMMCP
CRCOM
Out ION
Alarm 1
SEND Output
INDIC
19 14
Cause ValType
0
BOValue
Comm
CB “Off” Command
Cause 19 = Command Execution ValueType 14 = Pulse switching command
Note:
BOValue 0 = OFF-Command
There must not be 2 COMMCP blocks with the same command! (i.e. if that command was already used in CFC, you have to combine logic functions) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 310
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
6. Converting a Counter Differential Value to a Counter Final Value
Counter Differential Value = After every restore the value is set to “0” Counter Final Value = The value is accumulated after every restore.
Counter Differential Value
Counter Final Value
Time period for restoration in ms 0 = absolute metered value
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 311
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Diagnostic
•Run Sequence •Online mode •Watch list •CDA – Control Data Analyzer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 312
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Run Sequence
1st
last
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 313
The width of a chart is just one page, but the length is endless. The Run Sequence depends of the position of a block. System starts always at the left hand side top of the 1st page, goes down to the bottom of the last page, and then to the top of the next column.
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Online Mode
The online values appear in blue colour at the inputs and outputs of all the blocks Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 314
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Watchlist
Start Online mode...
1. 2. 3. 4.
Tab Resources, open file Open desired block Select in/output, context menu Add to watch list
Current value
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 315
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
CDA (Control Data Analyzer)
CDA (Control Data Analyzer) with TFR (Transient Fault Recorder) for Real-time-Acquisition and Visualisation of all Runtime Variables To graphically display several variables with their chronological trend.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 316
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
CDA – Necessary settings
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 317
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
CDA – Mapping an output to CDA
Currently Raised Raised
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 318
Cleared
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 16. IEC61850 Communication Standard for Substations Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
International Standard
• Covers all substation functions like protection, automation and monitoring • Is a global standard and the key for interoperable solutions • Investment security through openness, expandability and garanteed future • Allows Improvement of substations for different plant types • Provides support of Engineering of the whole substation through standardized configuration language based on XML • Uses available Ethernet technology and modern communication components Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 320
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 - Speed
IEC 103 The protocol IEC 103 typically supports data rates of 9600 bit per second.
In contrast to IEC 103, IEC 61850 works nowadays with Fast Ethernet (100 megabits per second). This is about 10.000 times faster than IEC 103. If required the data rate can be expanded to up to 10 gigabits per second.
IEC 61850 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 321
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 – future-proof IEC 61850 uses ethernet as a communication medium. If in the future a newer and better way for data transmission will be developed, IEC 61850 can be easily adapted to the new technology. No other protocol is able to support this feature.
IEC 61850 The communication standard IEC 61850 strictly separates data and services of the required communication technology. That is, if there are new and faster ways of data transmission you just need to change the “vehicle”, data and services keep equal.
IEC 61850
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 322
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 - Hardware Precondition for a high data rate is high quality equipment. Even from this point of view IEC 61850 shows a lot of advantages. IEC 61850 uses communication technologies only, which have been already successfully approved for many years in offices. Even a mixture of different communication technologies is possible: Electrical or optical, coaxial, twisted pair or FO. The standardized hardware makes the installation easy and save which leads to a cost reduction.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 323
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Interoperability
Interoperability the ability of two or more IEDs from the same vendor, or from different vendors, to exchange information and to use it for execution of customized functions
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 324
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 - Interoperability A big advantage of IEC 61850 is the standardization of services, description language and interfaces. That means, each vendor of IEC 61850 compatible devices has to develop according to the IEC 61850 standard. Therefore it is generally possible that devices of different vendors can talk to each other in the same network without changing the protocol.
In order to configure IEC 61850 compatible devices all vendors have to use the same configuration language SCL. SCL stands for Substation Configuration Language Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 325
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 – The Configuration Language SCL
SCL: Substation Configuration Language is based on XML XML: eXtended Markup Language is based on HTML XML is a neutral format for data exchange. Mostly used in documentation. More and more XML is used for configuration and data exchange of automation applications. • XML is not a programming language ! ! ! • XML is not a database ! ! ! HTML: HyperText Markup Language is a text based language for structuring of contents like texts, pictures and hyper links in documents. HTML documents are the basis of the World Wide Web and can be depicted by webbrowsers. Along with the real text HTML contains additional information in terms of meta data. These meta data give information about the author, the language or the colour of the text.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 326
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
An XML Example
Markup
Element Name Element Value Start Tag Dieter Hochmuth Siemens IC End Tag 267 100 Attribute Name Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 327
Attribute Value
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
A variety of description files Corporate Network TCP/IP HMI SCADA – WAN
There are several description files within IEC 61850 standard. The next slides explain the most common description files: • ICD file • CID file • SCD file • SSD file
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 328
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
ICD file - IED Capability Description Corporate Network TCP/IP HMI SCADA – WAN
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 329
The ICD file describes the IED in general. The ICD file is like a template of an IED. 0 1 <SCL xmlns="http://www.iec.ch/61850/2003/SCL" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSch 21424998322 3 V02.11.01 4 11.09.2012 10:54:36 5 en-GB 6 18 <SubNetwork name="NONE"> 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 : : 3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SSD file - Substation Specification Description Corporate Network TCP/IP
The SSD file describes the pure configuration of the substation (without description of the IED).
HMI SCADA – WAN -Q1
-Q8
M
-Q0
630A
M
-Q1
-Q8
M
-Q0
630A
-T5
M
L1,L2,L3
-T5 L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20 -F6 -F6
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 330
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
CID file - Configured IED Description Corporate Network TCP/IP HMI SCADA – WAN
-Q1
-Q8
M
-Q0
630A
M
-T5 L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
The CID file describes the already configured IED. That is, substation configuration + ICD 0 1 <SCL xmlns="http://www.iec.ch/61850/2003/SCL" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSch 2 3V02.11.01 4 19.11.2012 11:28:39 5 1434020772 6 13 14 16 17 18 true 19 <SubNetwork name="Subnet1" type="8-MMS"> 20 172.16.0.1 22 255.255.255.0 23 GOOSE application1||0001||PriorityLow||10|2000|000|4 24 100 25 26 GOOSE application1|CTRL|Control_DataSet1 27 28
-F6
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 331
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SCD file - Substation Configuration Description Corporate Network TCP/IP
The SCD file describes the entire substation configuration with all IEDs. That is, SCD file is the merger of all CID files.
HMI SCADA – WAN
-Q1
-Q8
M
-Q0
-Q1
-Q8
M
630A
M
-Q0
-Q1
-Q8
M
630A
M
-Q0
-Q1
-Q8
M
630A
M
-Q0
630A
M
SCD -T5
-T5
-T5
-T5
L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
-F6
-F6
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 332
-F6
-F6
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SCL File Types at a glance Corporate Network TCP/IP HMI SCADA – WAN
CID CID File File
ICD ICD File File IED Capability Description
SSD File
SCD File
Configured IED Description
Substation Configuration Description
System Specification Description Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 333
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Services in IEDs and SICAM PAS Time synchronization
61850 Client
61850 Server
61850 Server
61850 Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 334
Control Select before Operate (SBO) with extended safety all commands to high voltage devices Direct Control with normal safety all other commands Information Report all information in monitoring direction to PAS GOOSE Inter device communication interlocking, blocking etc. File Transfer Alarm lists, Event lists Transmission of fault records Time Synchronisation
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Updating ICD - Files All devices in the network need to know each other. In order to obtain this status each *.icd file of each device needs to be updated in a central database. Afterwards the updated *.icd files can be downloaded to the devices.
IED 1
Vendor A
Database Ethernet with IEC 61850
Engineering-Engineering- Engineeringdata data data
IED 2
F02_Page 335
IEC 61850
IED 3
Vendor B
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
Ethernet with
Vendor C
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 – creating PAS configuration data DIGSI Basis software
device files IED-Datei IED-Datei (*.icd) IED-Config-file (*.icd) (*.icd) GeräteGeräteparameter device parameter parameter
1
DIGSI System Configurator
2 3 update = becomes CID now
4 Download DIGSI contains a library with all types of SIPROTEC devices. 1
DIGSI creates parameter set containing an icd file.
2
System configurator loads all icd files to define IP address and GOOSE mapping
System description file (*.scd)
Import
System Configurator writes IP address and GOOSE mapping into involved parameter sets (and the ICD becomes CID now)
4
The updated sets can now be downloaded to the SIPROTEC devices
5
The system configurator merges all *.icd files to one *.scd file.
6
Finally the *.scd file is to be imported to SICAM PAS F02_Page 336
Export
6
3
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
5
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Server Client Communication
Clients
• Client communicates with several servers
• Server supports connection at the same time to several clients Servers Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 337
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Publisher Subscriber Architecture
Fast inter-bay-communication (GOOSE) (GOOSE: Generic Object Oriented Substation Event)
redundant 100MBit/s Ethernet Multicast
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 338
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Concept of a Logical Node
input data
configuration data output data Basic Function (e.g. Protection)
Functions still remain vendor-specific Data exchange becomes standardized
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 339
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Logical Nodes
Group Indicator
Logical node groups
A
Automatic Control
C
Supervisory control
G
Generic Function References
I
Interfacing and Archiving
L
System Logical Nodes
M
Metering and Measurement
P
Protection functions
R
Protection related functions
S
Sensors
T
Instrument Transformer
X
Switchgear
Y
Power Transformer
Z
Further (power system) equipment
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 340
MMXU MMTR MSQI MHAI MDIF
Measuring (Measurand unit) Metering Sequence and Imbalance Harmonics and Inter-harmonics Differential Measurements PSCH PTEF PZSU PDIS …more
SIMG SARC SPDC
XCBR XSWI
Protection Scheme Transient Earth Fault Zero speed or underspeed Distance protection
Insulation medium meas unit Monitoring and diagnostics for arcs Monitoring and diagnostics for partial discharge
Circuit Breaker Circuit Switch
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Data Objects – approx. 350 classes are specified
Data Classes
Number
System information
13
Physical device inform.
11
Measurands
66
Metered values
14
Controllable Data
36
Status information
85
Settings
130 355
Grouped in 28 Common Data Classes (Part 7-3).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 341
A - Phase to ground amperes for Phases 1, 2, and 3 Amps - Current of a non three phase circuit Ang - Angle between phase voltage and current AnIn - Analogue Input used for generic I/O ChAnVal - Array of analogue channel numbers and actual values at a certain time (time tag) CircA - Measured circulating current in a transformer paralleling application CtlV - Voltage on secondary of transformer as used for voltage control. Den - Density of gas or other insulating Medium DQ0Seq - Direct, quadrature, and zero axis quantity HaTdV - Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion More…..
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Standardizing Communication with Logical Nodes
Bay A + + -
PTOC RREC
XCBR + + + + + + + + -
Mode Beh Health Name Loc EEHealth EEName OperCnt Pos ctlVal stVal pulseConfig operTim q …more
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 342
BayA/XCBR.Pos.stVal
Bay Unit
(Mode) (Behavior) (Health) (Name plate) (Local operation) (External equipment) (External equipment name plate) (Operation counter) (Switch position)
intermediate state off cn bad state
(0) (1) (2) (3)
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Example
Logical Device
Bay device with Time Overcurrent Protection Control Function Auto-Reclose Function
IED1 PTOC
Time Over Current
RREC Auto Reclosing
CSWI Current Transfomer
MMXU
Switch Control Measurement Unit
IED3
IED2
TCTR
XCBR Circuit Breaker
T1
Q0
IED - Intelligent Electronic Device (every device with a communication interface) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 343
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Addressing to control a circuit breaker
IED1/CBCSWI1.Pos.ctlVal
Attribute Name (Norm) Data Object Name (Norm) Logical Node Name Suffix (free) Logical Node Class (Norm)
LN -Name
Logical Node Name Prefix (free) Logical Device Name (free) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 344
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Configurations – Optical Ring with RuggedComs
The new communication standard for the station bus
Ethernet based Ethernet components from RuggedCom recommend www.ruggedcom.com
TP
62,5µ or 50µ Fibre
Up to 11 RuggedCom switches per ring 100 Mbit/s redundant switched Ethernet ring Inter-bay-interlocking Cubicle1 Cubicle2 Cubicle3 independent from the Station Unit via IEC 61850-Goose mechanism TP TP TP TP TP
34>(3xNo.of Switches)+No.of IEDs) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 345
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Configurations – Optical Ring with SIPROTECs
The optical EN100 contains a complete switch functionality RSTP for ring reconfiguration is also supported GOOSE priorisation Up to 33 SIPROTECs per ring
TP
62,5µ or 50µ Fibre
Inter-bayinterlocking independent from the Station Unit via IEC 61850Goose mechanism 34>(3xNo.of Switches)+No.of IEDs) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 346
100 Mbit/s redundant switched Ethernet ring Cubicle1
Cubicle2
Cubicle3
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Configurations – Electrical Star
Ruggedcom offers switches with up to 32 ports No redundancy Cost optimized configuration For small medium voltage plants Cu Twisted Pair (TP) Shielded cable max. 20m
Inter-bay-interlocking independent from the Station Unit via IEC 61850-Goose mechanism Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 347
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC – EN100 interface modules
Substation communication Transmission of fault records Download and upload of settings IED configuration
EN100 electrical (RJ45 connector) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 348
EN100 optical with Duplex-LC) 16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Ethernet switches according IEC61850 specification
MACH1000 series
RSR series
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 349
RS900 series
RS8000 series
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
FO Cables and Distances
http://www.ruggedcom.com
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 350
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Ethernet Master clocks
Meinberg LANTIME/GPS A separate time master can especially be used in configurations with an Ethernet station bus (IEC 61850) using an SNTP-Server (Simple Network Time Protocol).
Siemens SICLOCK
All connected devices (SNTPClients) incl. Station Units can be synchronized. The Station Unit is still time master for all it´s directly connected devices (T103, FMS, DNP3...)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 351
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Engineering Engineering tool
Parameter file
System Configurator
IED file (*.icd) Update
Device library
Device specific parameter set
Export
Station file Download
System configuration data (*.scd) Import
Vendor specific data Standardized file Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 352
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Diagnosis Tool Networkview
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 353
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Diagnosis Tool IEC-Browser
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 354
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 17. Configuring IEC 61850 IEDs Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Process of Engineering
SCD = System Configuration Description
Vendor specific data
ICD = IED Capability Description CID = Configured IED Description
Standardized file
Device files
Configuring
Device library
ICD
IED file (*.icd)
Device specific parameter set
System configurator in DIGSI: • IP-Addresses • GOOSE mapping
Export
System configurationdata (*.scd)
Update
CID
Import
Download
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 356
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Engineering in a mixed configuration 3rd party relay
Download
Update
Communication settings(*.icd) from vendor XY
System configurator vendor XY
System configurator in DIGSI: • IP-Addresses • GOOSE mapping
Device files
Configuring
Device library
IED file (*.icd)
Device specific parameter set
Export
System configurationdata (*.scd)
Update Import
Download
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 357
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
DIGSI – Konfiguration Matrix
System interface IEC61850 S=specified data X=extended data
SIPROTEC data (Siemens-specific) in LD CTRL / LN GGIOs Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 358
Mandatory data in LD PROT/ e.g. LN RREC are always entered in SCD
User specific data in LD CTRL / LN GGIOs
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
System Configurator in DIGSI
System configurator
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 359
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Assigning IEDs to a 61850-Station
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 360
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Defining IP-Addresses
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 361
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping GOOSE messages
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 362
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Updating device parameter files
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 363
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Export of Station Information
The SCD File includes all communication data of all field devices. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 364
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Create Application and Interface
IP-address = address of network card (not of a relay!) 0.0.0.0 = if there is just one network card in your computer Subnet mask: has to match setting in System Configurator
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 365
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Import of SCD-File
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 366
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Import of SCD-File
All devices are already check marked. For SNTP Time Server, delete check mark.
These warnings can be ignored when importing
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 367
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Import of SCD-File
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 368
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Network control via SNMP
Networked telecontrol systems use increasingly Ethernet as a communication standard. Intelligent network structures with switching technology are the basis for real-time data transmission. Redundancies of the network and the components increase the reliability. The outage of a single component does not lead to a total breakdown. Nevertheless, it is necessary to install a quick and easy error detection which realizes an outage and signalizes it immediately. SICAM PAS allows to manage and control system components supporting SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol), e.g. SIPROTEC relays, Switches or SICAM PAS Station Units. The SNMP protocol is based on UDP/IP (User Datagram Protocol/ Internet Protocol).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 370
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
SNMP - Basics
SNMP is used to monitor and control system components. There is an SNMP Manager (e.g. SICAM PAS) and SNMP Agents (e.g. SIPROTECs, RuggedCom Switches). The agent is a piece of software which runs e.g. at a switch and monitors and controls the status of that switch. . SNMP Manager
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 371
SNMP Agent
SNMP Agent
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
SNMP - Basics
SNMP supports no „login-password“ functionality, there is a login only, but no password. There are 2 login-types, which are called „community“, • the community „public“ • the community „private“ „public“ allows to read only, „private“ allows to read and write. SNMP Manager
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 372
SNMP Agent
SNMP Agent
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
What is a MIB (Management Information Base)? The idea of SNMP is to monitor and control networks and their components (i.e. switches, routers, etc). This ought to work fast but with low bandwidth. There should be transmitted no text (e.g. „PowerSupplyPrimary“), just numbers (e.g. „6“). On sender side is a translation table which converts text to numbers and on receiver side from numbers to text. SNMP Agent
SNMP Manager
Text CPU Temperature F605switch1 PowerSupplyPrim ary
Number 4 5 6
Numbe r 4 5 6
This table „Text – Number“ is called MIB (Management Information Base) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 373
SNMP Agent
Text CPU Temperature F605switch1 PowerSupplyPrima ry
The number in the MIB is called OID (Object Identifier)
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
What is a MIB (Management Information Base)? There are still two questions: • Is there a way to give the numbers a structure? So, the assignment „Number – Text“ is much faster ? • Is it possible to cover really ALL information of ALL vendors in this table? The answers are: „Yes“ and „Actually yes“ As SNMP is a standard, a numbering structure was created like the tree of the windows explorer. The screenshot on the right shows the structure of the „Basis – MIB“ which is called „MIB-2“. This MIB-2 is the standard and contains all common information If a vendor needs to use its own texts or settings, the vendor has to create an additional MIB. The information of the MIB has to be mounted to the MIB-2 at the mounting point „enterprise“. That means, the „Basis MIB“ is still persistent.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 374
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Summary
In SNMP the telegram addresses are called OID (Object Identifier). These OIDs are fix assigned in so called MIBs (Management Information Base). The MIB for a dedicated device (e.g. Station Unit, RuggedCom switch) has to be imported into the PAS. We use the view “Templates” in the UI-Configuration Tool to import the associated file.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 375
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication parameters of the Interface
Here we had to enter the IP address of the manager (PAS computer), only if we had more than one IP address.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 376
Here we have to enter the access code for the SNMP agent
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Import SNMP Device Description
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 377
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Information volume of an EN-100 module
Device Description for the electrical EN 100 module just contains the 2 port failure messages Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 378
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration – Insert Device
Inserting the device, the new template has to be selected
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 379
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication parameters of IED
On Device Level we have to enter the IP address of the Agent (e.g. SIPROTEC EN100) Shorter for testing OK for operation (100 IEDs max)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 380
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Information volume of an EN-100 module
The telegram address contains the object ID (OID) under which this data point is supplied by the SNMP agent.
Information – Monitoring Direction Here we find the two port failure messages of the EN-100 module. Messages are defined as Double Points (!)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 381
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
ValueViewer: Communication diagnostics
SNMP Manager
Both of the channels have a value of 1 = Off, i.e. both of the channels are working properly.
el 2 Chan n
Chan n
el 1
Channel 1 faulty Channel 2 faulty
SNMP Agent
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 382
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Network monitoring (Group signal) SICAM PAS Cu FO
SICAM PAS CC Switch 1
Switch 2
100 Mbit/s FO Ethernetring SIPROTEC 1 Switch 3
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 383
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Grouping
Especially for switches with many ports, a grouping of all port related messages is desired. This can easily be done in SICAM PAS without using CFC logic.
FO-Port 1 faulty FO-Port 2 faulty
Redundancy fault
Cu-Port 3 faulty Cu-Port 4 faulty Cu-Port 5 faulty Cu-Port 6 faulty
Port fault
Cu-Port 7 faulty Cu-Port 8 faulty
Cu FO
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 384
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Grouping
For each device to monitor (Switches or EN100) we can assign lists Port fault and/or Redundancy fault.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 385
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Grouping
In Mapping we now can assign each single message to the existing lists
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 386
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Grouping
In “Status” tab we can find the appropriate resultant messages.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 387
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Virtual Device to group Grouped Messages
The device template SnmpSystemDevice can be used to summarize all device specific resultant messages to general fault messages
Enter IP address 0.0.0.0 here (will not be used as this is virtual only) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 388
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Virtual Device to group Grouped Messages
In “Status” tab we can find the appropriate resultant messages. „Process“ tab is empty.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 389
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Operation Tool
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 390
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 19. HMI-Interface and Topology Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Creating an HMI Interface
We have to create 3 levels • a PAS CC • an Interface • a Control Center (Local Operator Station) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 392
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Routing to HMI
Do not mix up with Remote Control Centers !
Everything, that has to be displayed or logged in PAS CC, has to be ticked.
Archive entry (Measured & metered values)
Picture entry List entry
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 393
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
HMI Routing for Commands
Same has to be done for commands Picture entry List entry
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 394
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Export of HMI information
A *.PXD file will be created, which later has to be imported into PAS CC.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 395
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
How to check the content of a PXD file?
We can simply use Excel.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 396
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Content of a PXD file
All the HMI mapped messages appear with their names and their internal addresses. Note: Don’t save your file with Excel! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 397
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Where do the message names come from?
Technological name
Information name
SICAM PAS PQS / YL7J002004 / IEC 60870-101 Master / Interface / miniRTU / Buffer overflow Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 398
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Additional hidden Columns
Back in Mapping we have to display some hidden columns.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 399
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Additional hidden Columns
For each of the 3 visible columns, there are 2 hidden also.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 400
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Additional Columns
If a message is ticked, the name is copied into the 2 columns. Why? Because in PAS CC these are 3 different items, and each of them needs a name. •Name for an Alarm Logging Entry (Event List /Alarm List) •Name for a Picture Variable (Tag) •Name for a Archive Variable (just Measured and Metered Values) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 401
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
What is the Topology for?
With the Topology we can define message groups to structure information. The topological name is mainly used to export to the HMI system. These names usually appear in an Event List or an Alarm List and should be understandable for the operators of the substation.
SICAM_PAS_PQS\YB NQ079932\IEC60870101Master\Interface\ RTU\Disconnector Q9
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 402
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
What does the operator expect?
The operator controls the primary plant. So he is familiar with expression related to the switchgear.
Se co nd
ary e
qu ip
me SICAM_PAS_PQS\YBNQ079932\IEC60870-101 nt re _Master\Interface\RTU\Disconnector Q9 lated n
am es
Is to be translated to
Training City Sw itch g
20kV ear
rela ted
n am es
Feeder 12 Disconnector Q9
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 403
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Where to structure information?
Topology allows us to create certain information levels to structure information. The topological levels´ names replaces the technological name string. Together with the information name this text will be used in the HMI system (mainly for lists).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 404
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Example how to structure information
The topological name will replace the technological name for the use in the HMI system Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 405
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
At the very beginning all information is located in the top level
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 406
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
New Topological Levels and Filters
1. We create a new “Station” called SSTN Training RTU to group all RTU related messages
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 407
2. Select the top level again, and activate the filter to display just the RTU messages
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Selecting information
•To select single messages use CTRL and mouse click. •To select all messages press CTRL A. •To select a group of messages, select the first line of the desired group, keep the shift-button pressed (while scrolling down and) select the last line.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 408
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Moving information
Now just move the selected items into the desired level (drag & drop)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 409
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Disable filter
The RTU messages now have disappeared from the top level
To display all other messages, disable the filter
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 410
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Back to HMI Mapping
Here we can replace the previous (technological) names by the new (topological) names.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 411
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Again Export of HMI information
The *.PXD file will now contain the Topological Names.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 412
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 20. Introduction to SICAM SCC Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
What is SICAM SCC? SICAM SCC visualizes and archives the process data of SICAM PAS. SICAM SCC allows to control your substation (command execution)
TeleControlCenter SICAM SCC (SCC= Substation Control Center)
SICAM SCC is usually located in the substation.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 414
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Components of SCC Initializing of SCC projects
The core of SICAM SCC is SIMATIC WinCC, a process visualization system coming from industrial automation. For operation in energy automation some SICAM SCC components have been added.
Import of SICAM PAS project data
Measurement and counter values
SICAM PAS-specific
SICAM Valpro
objects
SICAM PAS Wizard
functions pictures
Driver for Ethernet TCP/IP
Library
SIMATIC WinCC Topological coloring
Communication Switching devices Automatic creation of scripts
IndustrialX-Controls Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 415
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC Explorer The central point for provisioning settings in SCC is the WinCC Explorer. From here you can start all configuration tools of SCC. We mainly need the following:
• Graphics Designer • Alarm Logging • Tag Logging • SICAM PAS Wizard • Text Library • User Administrator
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 416
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SCC – an example At the right side you can see an example of an SCC screen. Here you may… • switch between several pictures • monitor and change the user login • change the language • set bay/telecontrol blocking • switch ON / OFF circuit breakers and disconnectors • monitor and change tap position • observe values in digital or analog view In order to create a picture like this you need to use the WinCC Graphics Designer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 417
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard
After defining a new station in the project the following steps takes place Import / Update of SICAM PAS – Data o Import of SICAM PAS variables into the tag management o Import of SICAM PAS messages into the alarm logging o Import of SICAM PAS measured and metered values into the tag logging o Generation of the SICAM specific structure variables and the required internal variables
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 418
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard
The SICAM PAS Wizard initializes the project
Import of the SICAM symbol library Setting of the SICAM specific information system Setting of the SICAM text library The initialization of the project can be done independent of the data import. Therefore the configuration of the SICAM PAS CC project can be started before readiness of the SICAM PAS projects. The SICAM reporter records the activities of SICAM PAS Wizards and provides information about success respectively failures and warnings.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 419
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Symbol Library
The Library contains Objects for the switches Objects for measured and counted values Templates for the Alarm Logging and furthermore Filter for Event List Dialogue to control the Switching Authority Control buttons for Bay- and Telecontrol Blocking
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 420
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchgear Objects – Reperesentation
IndustrialX-Controls are used for visualization and controlling of switching devices SICAM objects for switching devices Circuit breaker Disconnector support 4 visualization options SICAM DIN 42200 IEC 445 LSA If symbols are required deviating from these display options, the different conditions particularly defined ' bit-maps ' can to be assigned (the best performance is reached with the gifformat) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 421
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Schwitchgear Objects – Styles and States
Off On Int
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 422
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Schwitchgear Objects – Tag Connection
The graphical object has to be linked to the respective tags. for the monitoring direction for control direction
Note: Entering the first tag, automatically also enters the related command tag. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 423
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchgear Objects - Colour
Colours for can be defined for the symbols as well as for quality indicators
Display of status and quality
Additional pop-up window using the right hand mouse key
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 424
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchgear Objects – Extended
The switching devices are controlled in two steps with IndustrialX Controls 1st operation step: Selection of the switching direction 2nd operation step: Initiation of switching execution If a connected device supports „Select before Operate“, this two-step operation can be combined with this characteristic.
Further characteristics
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 425
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchgear Objects – Sychro-Check
To distinguish between synchronized and unsynchronized operation, a dynamic function can be implemented. The control dialogue is extended accordingly and during operation Runtimethe user can choose how to control. Dialog Configuration Dialog
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 426
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchgear Objects – Additional Features Further parameters are available in the WinCC setting menu EnableSwitching In dependence of other variables the control dialogues and thus the controllability can be prevented at run-time Ex.: switching authority between several control PC‘s in a WinCC Client/Server configuration. PermissionLevel Permission for operation LabelButtonOn, … Object specific texts for the runtime can be defined with these parameters, e.g. higher/lower
Support of other languages In the scope of supply the two languages German and English are supported All texts which are used in configuration and Runtime dialogs are deposited in text files. These can be copied and the texts be translated in other languages.
Others The IndustrialX Controls are applicably in multi-client and web navigator environment. ‚Variable-Prefix in screen window‘ are supported (=>Typical-Diagrams) ‚Indirect addressing‘ is supported These objects are only used for monitoring direction (a missing entry of the control variables doesn't result in a control dialog but deactivates the left mouse button) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 427
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Alarm Logging – 3 Message List Types
Event List Displays all information exept analog and metered values
Alarm List Display urgent alarms or warnings, the operator has to react to Protection Message List A special filtered event list, to display messages from protective relays only Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 428
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Alarm Logging – Message Lists
The original absolute time stamp created directly in IED or in IED-connection are recorded in the alarm logging In the event lists are recorded besides the time stamp and the status of the indication also further additional information like cause, source, status information, … The display of values in SICAM PAS CC-Alarm logging includes besides the ON/OFF also Intermediate position (double indications) Bit pattern
Text values The text values can be parameterized specifically, e.g. higher/lower. Up to 8 different text groups can be created.
Command indications are recorded additionally to the process indication The logic of the acknowledgement can be selected in the alarm lists, it can be acknowledged Raised Cleared Raised and Cleared The entry of the raised status be kept in the alarm list until the reception of the clear status Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. 20. Introduction to SCC and eventually the acknowledge of the cleared status. F02_Page 429 Siemens Power Academy TD
Connection States
Status of the IED connections and its information If the connection is lost the color for the switching devices and the measurement objects change. Connection state of devices can be visualized in the display Connection state between PAS and WinCC can be visualized with an independent object from the library Connection state of IEDs can be logged In the alarm logging
GI finished Communication Failure
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 430
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM VALPRO SICAM Valpro is the program for evaluation of measurement and counter archives Display of measured and metered values as a graph or table
Original values
SIMATIC WinCC Tag logging archive
archived original values
Time interval
Maximum values
SICAM Valpro
Average values Minimum values
15 min 1h 1d 15 min 1h 1d 15 min 1h 1d
Power factors (Current/Voltage) Cumulative-/ Difference values (Counters)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 431
15 min 1h 1d
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM VALPRO - Graphic functions
The graphical display of measurement curves is using the same graphic module as in the Comtrade Viewer and SIGRA 4 program
Following functions are supported: Activating / Deactivating Zooming Optimize the display in X- and Ydirection Hide / Unhide diagrams Hide / Unhide curves Select visible time frame Configure curve settings Configure diagram settings Change legend of Diagrams
The displayed area can be adjusted for optimized navigation (and print out) in minute, hour, day, month, year
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 432
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS CC Licences
SIMATIC WinCC Licenses:
Supported no. of tags (graphical variables) 128 Runtime V7 512 Runtime & Configuration 2.048 V7 8.192 SICAM PAS CC 65.536 Licenses: Runtime Optional function Configuration VALPRO *) Note: For each PAS-Information object, several WinCC tags are created in the tag management; In terms of authorisation, only one Tag per PAS-information-object is counted. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 433
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 21. SCC Software Setup Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Components
The HMI-System SICAM PAS CC requires following components to be installed on your computer: •MS Message Queuing (belongs to OS) •MS Internet Explorer (is usually already installed) •SIMATIC WinCC with SQL data base system •SICAM PAS CC (SICAM components)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 435
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
MS Message Queuing
Click on Start / Settings / Control Panel and open „Add/Remove Programs“. Then select „Add/Remove Windows Components“ Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 436
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
MS Message Queuing
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 437
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Internet Explorer
The Internet Explorer is usually installed together with your operating system. However, if you have to update or to install it, you may download it from the Microsoft Internet Site.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 438
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting WinCC Installation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 439
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Select the installation language
With this box you can define the language during installation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 440
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Dialog boxes
Just click „Next“ in these dialog boxes
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 441
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Dialog boxes
In this box you can choose which languages to be installed. English will always be installed.
„Package installation“ is the easiest way.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 442
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Dialog boxes
Just select select „WinCC Installation“
The Setup automatically decides, which programs are to be installed. (see next page)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 443
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Default Settings and optional components
All necessary components are already ticked. If desired you can add optional components.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 444
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Dialog boxes
Before real installation starts you may check the selected software and the required memory space
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 445
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Automatic Installation running
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 446
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Automatic Installation running
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 447
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Automatic Installation running
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 448
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Error messages
It might happen that the following error messages appear (multiple times) if there was once another SQL server on your PC.
The messages do not cause any harm, just acknowledge them.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 449
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC installation running
WinCC installation covers several software packages: License Manager
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 450
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC installation running
WinCC installation covers several software packages: WinCC Runtime
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 451
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC installation running
WinCC installation covers several software packages: WinCC Configuration
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 452
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC installation running
WinCC installation covers several software packages: WinCC OPC-Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 453
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC installation running
WinCC installation covers several software packages: WinCC Smarttools
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 454
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Skip License key installation
The installation software asks for the license key which is provided on a USB stick. However, usually we use „Next“ button to transfer the license key later.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 455
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Automatic Windows settings
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 456
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Automatic Windows settings
Press the „Apply“ and wait some seconds until…
…you get following message. Ten press the „Exit“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 457
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Restart PC
Now the installation has succesfully finished. Please restart the computer in order to activate the changes in the registry.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 458
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
After restart
These two icons on the desktop indicate that WinCC and the associated License Manager were installed.
Clicking this icon starts/exits the graphics runtime, it activates/deactivates a project or opens a diagnostics window - assumed there is already a project provisioned.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 459
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS CC Installation
Now PAS CC components on top
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 460
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC Hotfixes on SICAM PAS CC disk
Prior to the installation of PAS CC software, check whether WinCC Hotfixes are to be installed first. The released hotfixes are to be found in a respective subfolder on the PAS CC disk
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 461
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Start PAS CC setup
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 462
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Setup Language
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 463
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Complete installation or customized
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 464
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Standard installation path
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 465
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Start now
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 466
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS CC setup runs
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 467
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Setup ready
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 468
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Restart required
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 469
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS CC Menus
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 470
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 22. Starting a SCC Project Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Authorization
PAS CC and WinCC require some licences for configuration as well as for the runtime system. These licences are provided together with the PAS CC packet in form of software keys on memory sticks. The software keys have to be installed on the harddisk of your HMI computer (runtime licences) or configuration computer (configuration licences).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 472
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting the License Manager
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 473
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Automation License Manager
Drives Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 474
Licences
Runtime & Configuration 64k Tags
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting WinCC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 475
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating a Project
Single HMI PC
Server
Client 1
Client 32
Clients do not need a project
Server 1
Server 6
Client 1
Client 32
Clients need a project
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 476
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Name and path
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 477
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
The WinCC Explorer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 478
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Setting active design
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 479
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Computer properties
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 480
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Tasks to be started with the Runtime
Usually we enable these the tasks
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 481
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Language and Key Disabling
To disable key commbinations for the operator during runtime
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 482
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Graphics Runtime
Later, after configuring diagrams, we will enter the start diagram here. In Window Attributes we can define the functions of the runtime window.
With Turn Off we can lock certain functions.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 483
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
The Communication Driver
Just for version mix
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 484
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting the SICAM PAS Wizard
The new driver with a PAS Data Server appears.
In the following step we have to open the PAS Wizard.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 485
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard – Station name
Enter a name (any name) for your SICAM PAS station.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 486
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard – Choosing PAS export data
Choose path Choose file
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 487
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard
No need to change If HMI system and PAS Full Server are not on the same computer...
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 488
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard - Initialisations
Checkboxes are automatically checked for the very first time running the wizard for this project. They will appear unchecked later. Do not touch them without reason.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 489
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard - finished
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 490
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
IP Address of SICAM PAS computer
IP address of the connected PAS system, not PAS CC ! If both are on the same computer, you may keep 0.0.0.0
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 491
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Imported Tags
Number of imported tags Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 492
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Data structure (monitoring direction)
PAS Full Server
WinCC
Value………… indicates the current state, i.e. raised, cleared, on, off, open, close or any numerical value for a metered or measured value Validity……… indicates invalid messages in case of a fault in the processing device ValueType… indicates a message as a single or double indication, measured or metered value... Cause……….. indicates, why a message was processed, i.e. spontaneous, general interrogation, cyclic transmission, feedback, command termination... AddCause…… mainly interesting for controls Counter……... indicates any change of a message by an increasing counter Alarm………… only used for certain PCC projects; can be ignored for PAS WB Counter… Contains information for substitution of values IX Hook……… Used for IX Controls to store values during runtime Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 493
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Data structure (control direction)
PAS Full Server
WinCC
Value……………… indicates the control value, e.g. open, close, raise, lower,... Validity…………… indicates invalid messages in case of a fault in the processing device ValueType………. single or double command, digital setpoint... Cause…………….. indicates, why a message was processed, i.e., feedback, command termination... AddCause………. indicates e.g. interlocking, switching current check, control authority violation... ReplyCounter….. is incremented when a reply was received (confirmation, feedback, termination) CmdCounter……. is to be incremented by WinCC, when a command has to be executed
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 494
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 23. Graphics Designer Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Graphics Designer in the WinCC Explorer
Do not delete or use for any control function! *)
The Graphics Designer is for configuring pictures. Pictures are files with an extension *.pdl Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 496
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Graphic tools
Library Object palette with standard objects like line, circle, square, text…
Colour palette
Zoom function Style palette for line styles, line weight, line end… WinCC Wizards Construction layers
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 497
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
How to make graphic objects dynamic
Samples: How can I display a switching device?
How can I display an analog value?
How can I display a single point message?
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 498
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM Symbol Library
Global Library SIMATIC-graphical objects Project-Library SICAM-graphical objects
Switchgear devices The main difference between these 2 libraries is, that the SICAM-Library basically contains energy technical objects. These are often dynamised, I.e. assigned to any processing logic. The configurer just has to assign the necessary tags. SICAM-Objects are prepared for the SICAM PAS Data structure.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 499
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring a switching device
Double click the object - and browse for the status message of your breaker
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 500
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Browsing for the tag
Do not double click!
The switchgear object needs to be assigned to the structure tag. This is why the single components (Value, Validity, Cause…) are not shown here. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 501
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Assigning tags
Tag for status of breaker
Tag for acknowledging blinking is always the same „QuitBlinking“
Tag for control will be assigned automatically Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 502
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring an analog value display
Double click or right hand mouse click and properties --- select your analog (*.Counter !!)
Selecting the measurd value tag provides (different to switchgear objects) all components of the data structure. For the full functionality we have to assign the desired tag with the extension “Counter” (!). The object internally also evaluates the tags “Value” and “Validity”. Note: the default “MesuredValue.Counter” is not a valid tag name. It has to be replaced by the desired measured value tag from your Tag Management! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 503
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
The parameters
Assign desired analog tag xxx.counter Further scaling function *) Normal display colour If device faulty When overflow (e.g. more than 24mA) If communication between PAS and PASCC fails
2 upper and 2 lower limits The values for Upper and Lower Limits are related to the displayed values, i.e. they depend on the scaling. If no limits have to be displayed, we have to enter values which practically cannot be reached. Displaying a voltage of 20kV, the Upper Limit 1 can be set to e.g. 100kV, the Upper Limit 2 to 110kV, the Lower Limit 1 to (minus) -100kV, the Lower Limit 2 to -110kV.
*) The divider is the 2. possibility of scaling in WinCC. The usual scaling is to be done in the Tag Management (see next page).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 504
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
How to scale analog values
In the tag properties we have to tic linear scaling. The Process Value Range means the value coming from the PAS system. The Tag Value Range means the value to be displayed in the diagram Value1 = minimum value Value2 = maximum value Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 505
Coming from PAS
Will be displayed
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
How to display a single point message
In „Miscellaneous“ we find the attribute „Display“, which can display or hide the text with a Yes or No. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 506
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Visible or invisible via a Dynamic Dialog
With a right hand mouse click you can choose „Dynamic dialog“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 507
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring the Dynamic Dialog
First of all we have to choose the desired tag…
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 508
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Selecting the tag
From all the components we have to choose *.Value, which carries the process value Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 509
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Defining the logic
With Add we create Value ranges, in column Up To the respective values are to be entered and the attribute Display defines, which value has to display and which one to hide the text. For Single Point messages following process values are to be expected: 1=CLEARED 2=RAISED
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 510
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Finished Dynamic Dialog
The Dynamic Dialog is always displayed by a red flash symbol. The value in the column Static will be overwritten by the result of the logic in the Dynamic Dialog.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 511
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 24. Bay and Telecontrol Blocking Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Function of Bay- and Telecontrol Blocking
Blockings are usually used when maintenance works have to be done in a particular bay. The operating company of a plant in most cases wishes, messages caused by these works not to appear in the event logging.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 513
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Difference between Bay- and Telecontrol Blocking Bay Blocking
Telecontrol Blocking
Blocks transmission to local operation as well as to remote control. Pevents commands also.
Remote Control Center Local Operator Station
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 514
Blocks transmission to remote control only. Prevents commands from control center.
Remote Control Center Local Operator Station
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Tags in PAS UI Configuration Each communication object has got a some system variables (tags). _BlkAdm and _BlkOpr are exclusively used for blockings.
_BlkAdm = control information for Bay Blocking and Telecontrol Blocking _BlkOpr = monitoring information for Bay Blocking and Telecontrol Blocking Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 515
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Values to expect
131072=Bay blocked (217)…………………………………………… 131072=block bay level 196608=Teletransmission blocked (216+217)………………………. 196608=block teletransmission 262144=both blocked (218)…………………………………………...262144=block both 65536=no blockings (216)……………………………………………. 65536=disable blockings
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 516
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Blocking buttons in SICAM Symbol Library
Offline display
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 517
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Bay Blocking in Configuration and Runtime How to configure
Display during Runtime
Assign your tags
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 518
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Telecontrol Blocking in Configuration and Runtime How to configure
Display during Runtime
Assign your tags
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 519
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Combined Bay Blocking and Telecontrol Blocking
Just another symbol with the same functions
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 520
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Vizualisation in Event List
All messages of the paticular device appear once on activation of blocking
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 521
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 25. Compatibility Key Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Compatibility Key between PAS and PAS CC
The compatibility key is a security function against mismatching data in PAS and PAS CC. It mainly prevents wrong command outputs because of mismatching data.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 523
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
Compatibility Key between PAS and PAS CC
SICAM PAS UI Config
SICAM PAS CC Config
Offline Mode User creates CompKey 12345
Offline Mode Wizard imports CompKey 12345
Export to HMI
CompKey 12345 *.PXD
SICAM PAS Runtime
SICAM PAS CC Runtime
Online Mode
Online Mode External tag updated from PAS CompKey 12345...
Data base contains
CompKey 12345
Ethernet_c o
mmunicati
on
and compared with... PAS CC reads the current compatibility key (via an external tag) and compares it with the imported one. If keys differ, PAS CC stops Runtime.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 524
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
Compatibility Key in PAS UI-Configuration
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 525
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
The Export File
… is later to be imported in WinCC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 526
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
The imported Compatibility Key in WinCC
With the data import even the compatibility key was imported. WinCC writes the key into certain internal tags.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 527
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
The current Compatibility Key from PAS
When PAS and WinCC communicate, PAS sends the current PAS Compatibility Key to WinCC (via an external tag) and WinCC compares it with the imported key. If the compared keys were different, WinCC would pop up a message box to shut down the Runtime.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 528
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
If Compatibility Key does not match
The background is the diagram „CompKeyEmpty.pdl“. It is automatically displayed to overlay the current diagram.
The operator now has to press OK to shut down WinCC.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 529
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 26. Switching Authority Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Definition of Switching Authority
Because of security reasons it is usually not allowed, that 2 operators have control access to a substation at the same time The Switching authority is the right of one operator (one Control station), to control the substation via the control system, i.e. to execute commands. At the same time this right was cancelled for all other operators.
One operator at a time
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 531
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Switching Authority as a software switch in SICAM PAS Remote Control Centre
Local Operator Station
4
3
2
1
1
2 3
5
Remote Local
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 532
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Switching Authority Group
Every control interface has a parameter called „Switching Authority Group Assignment“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 533
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Matrix The one we are defining, is the light-coloured line, while all ohter interfaces are dark-coloured. You can assign only your interface in the light line.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 534
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Routing to PAS CC
In „Mapping“ we find a message „AuthorityValue“ (Type SAC) which is our Switching Authority. We tick it for Alarm Logging (Event List) as well as for Tag Management (Picture).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 535
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Value Viewer
The tag is to be found in the top level, i.e. SICAM PAS. As it was not yet set, the value is still 0, which means neither LOCAL nor REMOTE, but „everyone allowed to control“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 536
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Values to expect
AuthorityValue is a 4 Bytes value. Byte 3
empty
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
REMOTE bits
empty
LOCAL bits
………….. 217 216 ……………..27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 65.536 Remote 1 131.072 Remote 2 262.144 Remote 3 524.288 Remote 4 1.48.576 Remote 5
F02_Page 537
= 2 Local 1 = 4 Local 2 = 8 Local 3
= = = = = Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Switching Authority Tag
In PAS CC we now can find the new tag to control and to display.
= AuthorityValue
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 538
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
2 ways to display the Switching Authority
Simple Button Local-Remote (limited to 1 PAS CC and 1 Remote Control Center)
Checkbox (for up to 3 PAS CC and up to 5 Remote Control Centers)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 539
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM symbol library
In the library we find 2 templates to control and monitor the switching authority.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 540
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring Button Switching Authority
We just have to assign our tag. The text in runtime can be „local“ or „remote“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 541
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Button Switching Authority in Runtime mode
Pressing the button just inverts the current state. With this button we just can use 2 of 8 possible bits, i.e. value 2 = local1 and value 65.536 = remote1
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 542
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring Checkbox Switching Authority
It is made for testing reasons. It can read and write all 8 bits.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 543
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
How to test the Switching Auhority
A switch operation in PAS CC must be executable, when Authority in “LOCAL”
A switch operation in PAS CC must be rejected, when Authority in “REMOTE”
An operation from the Remote Control Center should be just the opposite.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 544
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 27. WinCC User Administrator Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Task of the User Administrator
With the User Administrator we can define rights for each user. Each operatable object can be configured with a request for a certain right.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 546
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
User Administrator
Here we can define usergroups and single users, with certain rights
Note: The names of the particular rights do not have any predefined meaning! They can be edited.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 547
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Login-Function via key combination (option 1)
Press a key combination, then assign
Login and Logout can be defined with key combinations
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 548
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Login via Button (option 2)
This requires a function Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 549
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Login via button
‘1‘ stands for monitor 1 *)
*) If multiple monitors are used, the number defines on which of the monitors the login menu has to appear
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 550
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Login Popup menu in Runtime mode
The Login dialog can either be activated by a key combination (option 1) or by a function (option 2).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 551
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
How to request a right e.g. for a switch
1st example: A circuit breaker is only to be controlled by operators with rigth level 3 (process controlling)
3
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 552
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering the requested right
requested right
owned rights
Corresponds with...
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 553
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
If operator does not have the requested right…
If the operator tries to operate an object he was not allowed, the system denies.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 554
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
How to request a right e.g. for a button
2nd example: A button is only to be controlled by operators with rigth level 10
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 555
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
User Administrator – Defining level of rights
The text can be modified The right is to be activated
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 556
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering the requested right
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 557
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
If operator does not have the requested right…
If the operator tries to operate an object he was not allowed, the system denies.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 558
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Displaying the current operator The current operator is stored in the text tag @CurrentUser
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 559
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 28. Alarm Logging Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Use of Alarm Logging
Alarm Logging mainly stands for… • Event List • Alarm List
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 561
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard – Message Import
This imports all the Alarm Logging data from the pxdfile
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 562
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard - Initialisations
This checkbox creates all SICAM specific components for the Alarm Logging, e.g. SICAM specific message blocks, SICAM message classes, message types etc.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 563
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
The WinCC Explorer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 564
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Alarm Logging
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 565
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Process Value Blocks
Value Location Cause Status (Validity) Additional Cause ID number Supplementary Info T.st.=Time status SICAM Flag
current state, i.e. raised, cleared, on, off, open, close.... control source, i.e. local, remote, automatic, DIGSI local... cause of transmission chatter blocking. bay blocking, telecontrol blocking, overflow, not topical... e.g. interlocking, control authority violation,... PASCC internal identification number (Additional Information)relative time (protection) i.e. valid time, invalid time, synchronized, DST or normal time no meaning
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 566
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Classes
The message class mainly defines, wether a message is a raised/cleared message and wether it has to be acknowledged in any alarm list. A message class can consist of a number of message types which just define the colours of the message text to appear in the lists.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 567
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Classes assigned to imported messages
The Wizard automatically assigns 2 (of 6) SICAM Message Classes to all imported messages. All Single Points get the class „SICAM Message“, all Double Points and Transients get „SICAM Message DI/TR/FB“. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 568
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating an Event List in the Graphics Designer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 569
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Parameter settings of the list object
Necessary for Event List! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 570
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Startup of Alarm Logging Runtime
This starts the Alarm Logging Runtime mode
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 571
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Event List during Runtime
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 572
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Archive
The message archive stores messages in a kind of ring buffer. After a certain period of time or after a certain amount of messages the oldest entry will be overwritten.
To delete all list contents
To define the sizes, durations and backup function, see following pages… Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 573
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Archive – Examples for sizes and life time
Your Harddisk 40GB
Segment 2 Segment 1
1 message => 4kB
Reservation for Message Archiving 1GB max duration 1 year
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 574
A 100MB-Segment can store 25.000 messages
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Archive – Default Settings
Max. life time of the whole Archive 1 Week only !! After only 1 week your oldest entry would be overwritten !
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 575
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Archive – Location
from
to
yyyymmddhhmm
The archive consists of *.ldf and *.mdf files
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 576
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Archive – Optional Backup Message Archive
A backup path to another partion, harddisk or even to another computer can be configured Alternative path, if main path was not accessable
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 577
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 29. Redundancy Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Definition
Redundancy means to double existing resources, to increase the security. During undisturbed operation the doubled hardware would functionally not be necessary. Redundancy in SICAM PAS can be implemented in various levels: • 2 equally configured PAS/PQS systems (system redundancy) • 2 communication channels to a sub-device (interface redundancy) • 2 redundant configured sub-devices (device redundancy) • System redundancy + interface redundancy or device redundancy = Full redundancy
System redundancy
PAS
Interface redundancy
PAS
IED
IED
Process
Process
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 579
PAS
Device redundancy
PAS
IED
IED
Process
Full redundancy
PAS
IED
PAS
IED
Process
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Redundant “Full Server – DIP” Configuration
A PAS/PQS system can consist of a Full Server and up to 6 DIPs. In redundant systems both, Full Server and DIPs would be redundant. Primary Full Server
Secondary Full Server
Primary DIPs
Secondary DIPs
Sub-devices
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 580
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Simultaneous System and Interface/Device Redundancy
If enabled system redundancy and interface redundancy, there are 4 functional equal communication channels between PAS/PQS systems and sub-device. Each system is connected with the sub-device via 2 interfaces. Primary Full Server
Secondary Full Server
Primary Full Server
Primary sub-device
Secondary Full Server
Secondary Sub-device
For SICAM PAS both of the configurations are equal Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 581
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Redundant Communication with a Control Center
…with System Redundancy
…with Interface Redundancy
Control Center
Control Center
Primary Full Server
…with Full Redundancy
Secondary Full Server Control Center
Primary Full Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 582
Secondary Full Server
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
System Switchover
System switchover because of outage of the process leading system Both systems continuously exchange operation and und process data. This makes sure, that both systems always have an own complete process image of the whole substation. The system in standby mode detects the outage of the process leading system by missing responds on requests. In this case the standby system automatically takes over, and switches to leading mode.
Primary Full Server
Secondary Full Server
Continuous status and process data exchange
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 583
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
System Switchover
On outage of the process leading Full Server, the Standby-Full Server takes over and together all DIPs also switch over to the secondary system. On outage of a DIP, only this one switches over. All not affected computers remain in their current redundancy state. The leading computer remains as active, even though the previously leading computer Primary Full Server Secondary Full Server would operate again.
Primary DIPs
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 584
Secondary DIPs
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Internal Settings
Changes of operational settings, like • • • • • •
Control Authority Bay Blocking Telecontrol Blocking Substitution Flags in SoftPLC Remanent data in SoftPLC
will automatically be taken over into the „Standby“ computer. Primary Full Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 585
Secondary Full Server
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Manual Switchover
The manual system switchover always is computer specific, i.e. the redundancy state of Full Servers and DIPs can change independently. On a manual system switchover, all processes from the process leading computer will switch over to the secondary machine.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 586
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchover Time
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 587
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS CC
SICAM PAS CC always simultaneously communicates with both PAS/PQS systems to avoid any interruption of the process connection in case of a fault. This ensures, in monitoring direction, alarms and analogs always to arrive at SICAM PAS CC, independent which Full Server once provided the messages. Commands from PAS CC will always be forwarded to only one of the redundant PAS/PQS systems.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 588
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring a Redundant System
Here you have to enter the computer name and IP address of the redundant machine. A copy of this database is to be loaded into the redundant computer.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 589
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Transferring a data base to a Redundant System •Update system and tick “With database copy” •Open UI Operation on the secondary Full Server and update system once more there. A System Update on both PAS computers has just to be done the very first time. Later, a System Update has just to be initiated from one of the Full Servers. If the compatibility keys of both databases match, the system starts up and synchronizes with the partner system.
Leading system
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 590
Standby system
Selecting an object in the topological tree shows the appropriate redundancy status
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Status of Redundancy With System and Interface redundancy, we now see the status of all 4 interfaces.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 591
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Status indication in a redundant system
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 592
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Component based Redundancy
Control Center
SICAM PAS Slave
101
HMI SICAM PAS CC
HMI
PAS 1 prim.
Base
101
Initial situation HMI
Base
Master 61850
101
61850
101
PAS 2 sec.
PAS 1 is primary system. All drivers working properly. PAS 2 is secondary system. Drivers are in “Standby”. Process images are up to date. HMI communicates simultaneously with PAS 1 and PAS 2.
IED RTU
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 593
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Scenario 1
Control Center
SICAM PAS Slave
101
HMI SICAM PAS CC
HMI
PAS 1 prim.
Base
101
Redundancy Scenario 1 HMI
Base
Master 61850
101
61850
101
PAS 2 sec.
Communication between RTU and PAS 1 disturbed. All undisturbed drivers in PAS 1 remain active. T101 Master driver in secondary system (PAS 2) takes over communication with RTU.
IED RTU
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 594
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Scenario 2 Redundancy Scenario 2 Control Center
SICAM PAS Slave
101
HMI SICAM PAS CC
HMI
PAS 1 prim.
101
HMI
Base Base
Base
Master 61850
101
61850
101
IED RTU
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 595
PAS 2 sec.
SoftPLC or another ‚Base‘ component of primary system (PAS 1) fails. Undisturbed drivers in primary system remain active. ‚Base‘ with all it‘s components will be activated in secondary system (PAS 2). ‚Base‘ contains following components: - DSI - Automation (SoftPLC) - OPC, ILSA, Profibus - TG8979, CDT (- PQS Applications)
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchover of Components A switchover will be executed, if a current process-leading component was disturbed. The option taken depends on the affected component and the current error. A switchover can happen for • the entire PAS system • an application (with several interfaces and several devices) • a single interface (with several devices) • a single device • the Base-Group consisting of… central components • DSI Central Server • Configuration Data Base • SoftPLC • Archive • PQS Applications
Master Protocols • PROFIBUS FMS • PROFIBUS DP • OPC Client • SINAUT LSA ILSA
V7 Protocols
Slave Protocols • TG8979 Slave • CDT Slave • OPC XML-DA Server • OPC Server
V6 Protocols
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 596
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Single Channel IEDs
Control Center
HMI SICAM PAS CC
SICAM PAS
PAS 1 prim.
PAS 2 sec.
Supported for serial protocols like - IEC60870-5-101 - IEC60870-5-103 - DNP 3 - Modbus IEDs connected to both computers via Modem Splitter
serial Master
Serial Hub
Serial Hub
Modem Splitter
IED
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 597
Serial connection of IEDs with one interface only
Modem Splitter
For protocols supporting „Standby Mode“: The Standby driver in secondary system „listens on the line“: Process image is always up to date, but no activities in control direction.
IED
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
IED Redundancy / Interface Redundancy
Control Center
HMI SICAM PAS CC
SICAM PAS
Supported especially for TCP/IP protocols IEC 61850 IEC 60870-5-104 and even for serial protocols IEC60870-5-101 IEC60870-5-103 and with slightly different functionality even for DNP 3 Modbus
„ONE process image“
Master
IED
IED IED
„ONE process“
„ONE process“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 598
Connection of - doubled IEDs for same process objects or - one IED connected with two independent interfaces.
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
IED Redundancy and System Redundancy
Control Center
SICAM PAS
Support of “doubled IEDs” with redundant SICAM PAS
HMI SICAM PAS CC
PAS 1 prim.
PAS 2 sec.
„ONE process image“
“System Redundancy” + “Interface Redundancy”
„ONE process image“
Master
IED
IED IED
„ONE process“
„ONE process“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 599
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication with Control Center Control Center (CC) supports two interfaces for communication with redundant substation independent mode Control Center
CC can establish two independent links to the redundant substation. CC receives all information in monitoring direction but is only allowed to send commands via one channel. In case that CC keeps just one channel active and changes the communication channel due to lost communication or for other reasons, the SICAM PAS ensures that…
T101 DNP 3 Modbus
PAS 1 prim. Base
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 600
PAS 2 sec. Base
•An Event loss during switch over will be avoided with Offline telegram buffer. •The number of the events being transferred redundantly will be limited by a time setting for the Offline telegram buffer. •In SICAM PAS CC the telecontrol commands will correctly be reported independent which communication channel is currently used.
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Control Center with one interface only
The Control Center just supports one interface down to the redundant substation dependent mode Control Center
In this example a Modem Splitter is used. T101
Modem Splitter
IEC60870-5-101 Standby driver receives telegrams, but does not send any telegram. Offline telegram buffer keeps latest messages internally.
PAS 1 prim. Base
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 601
PAS 2 sec. Base
DNP standby driver does not receive telegrams, but Offline telegram buffer keeps latest messages internally. Modbus Standby driver is not active
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication via Modem Splitter and Serial Hub
Control Center
T101
Same as in preceding example (dependent mode) with the only difference: Usage of external com ports on Serial Hub.
Modem Splitter
Serial Hub Ethernet TCP/IP
PAS 1 prim. Base
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 602
PAS 2 sec. Base
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Control Center with 2 Interfaces
The Control Center just supports one communication link down to the substation, but this one in double channel mode. Control Center
In this example two Modem Splitters are used. The Control Center can change the communication channel independent of the substation, but remains connected to PAS 1. No loss of data and no redundant information transfer.
T101
Modem Spitter
Modem Spitter
A status change from PAS 1 to PAS 2 can only happen due to other switchover criteria.
PAS 1 prim. Base
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 603
PAS 2 sec. Base
The offline telegram buffer makes sure, no data loss to be lost, and just a limited amount of messages sent redundantly.
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication via Network
Control Center IP1
IP2
The Control Center will release the exchange of operational data (STARTDT) for one WAN-connection to the substation (e.g. between IP1 and PAS1). The other communication link to the substation (from IP2 to PAS2) will be established on link layer only, and checked exchanging test frames.
IEC60870-5-104 LAN/WAN
Router
Router
In this example the Control Center is connected to the substation with IEC 60870-5-104.
Ethernet TCP/IP
The Control Center can activate (STARTDT) the other communication link independent of the redundancy status of the substation.
PAS 1 prim. Base
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 604
PAS 2 sec. Base
Also in the case, that the link to PAS 2 will be activated, the command reporting in the substation HMI (SICAM PAS CC) will be processed correctly and completely.
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Dependency Redundant interfaces in SICAM PAS can be set up in independent or dependent mode. If the communication partner can only communicate with one master – e.g. protection devices with a serial interface – the interface must be parameterized in dependent mode. One interface, one master only
Several interfaces, several masters
In dependent mode, all devices of an interface would switch over in case of a failure. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 605
If the communication partner is equipped with 2 serial interfaces, or if the communication partner supports several masters, the independent mode can be defined.
In independent mode, just one device switches over in case of a failure.
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample 1 : Dependent Communication
PAS
PAS
PAS
S
S RTU / IED
Interface Switchover
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 606
PAS
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample 2 : Dependent Communication
PAS
PAS
PAS
S
S RTU / IED
No Switchover
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 607
PAS
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample 3: Independent Communication
PAS
PAS
RTU / IED
Single IED Switchover
PAS
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 608
PAS
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
How to configure Dependency
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 609
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Network Configuration for Redundant Systems Redundant systems exchange process and system data among each other during operation. Therefore they use a network adapter. In order to minimize the risk of redundancy failures due to a network cable problem, we strongly recommend the use of a teaming adapter for communication among the two systems. System redundancy only works when all SICAM PAS computers are in the same domain with the same user logged in.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 610
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Network Configuration with several Network adapters You have to define, which network adapter is to be used as a System Adapter (network adapter connected to the redundant system). After SICAM PAS SW installation and reboot, the installation program detects, if more than 1 network adapter was available. Subsequently the tool MediaSenseCheck automatically opens.
Can even be opened manually:
Program path C:\Siemens\Energy\SySrv\Bin\MediaSenseChk2.exe Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 611
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file
The HOSTS file contains the assignment of IP address to computer name. C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers\etc\hosts You have to modify the file in all PAS/PQS computers. Here just enter the IP address of the system adapters of both Full Servers and all DIPs (and not IP addresses of any other network adapters). The recommended procedure follows on the next pages.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 612
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Open properties of My Network Places on the Desktop
Open properties of LAN Connection
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 613
Open properties of Internet Protocol
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 614
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Choose path in drop down menu:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 615
C:/Windows/system32/drivers/etc 29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Choose file and (!) open with Notepad using right hand mouse key. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 616
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Enter primary and secondary Full Servers and DIPs with their IP addresses and names. Save and exit.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 617
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Now, after Notepad disappeared, press the open key in the window, which is now on top. This automatically copies the content of the Hosts file into the LMHosts file! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 618
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Also open LMHosts file with Notepad and check entries Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 619
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Now close all open windows with OK. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 620
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Check order of network adapters
Select Advanced and Advanced Settings in the window Network Connections, which is still open.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 621
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Check order of network adapters
The System Adapter has to be moved to top position.
Settings > Network Connections > Advanced > Advanced Settings. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 622
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Final Test
As final test send a PING with name resolution from and to all involved computers.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 623
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Booting Redundant Systems Point of view of each of the two single machines PAS/PQS-System starts
Name of Partner system can be resolved?
N
Booting stops
J Partner system already running?
J
Does Compkey match?
N
Booting stops
J
N Get configuration from own DB
Get configuration from own DB
Systems synchronises
Runtime system active
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 624
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 30. Station Unit Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Overview
V2.20 is based on V2.10 and provides: Additional hardware Improved Software functions Updated User Documentation Key Facts of SICAM Station Unit Preferred Hardware for SICAM PAS Based on Compact PCI Hardware is designed for rugged environment Enhanced Temperature Range • for Operation:-10 to +55°C • for Storage: -40 to +80°C No rotating parts (except the RAID option), no fan Maintenance free Operating System (Windows Embedded Standard) is tailored and optimized for requirements of SICAM PAS Software Redundant Power Suppliy for high availability 19 inch System Rack can be easily mounted in cabinet Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 626
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
CPU Module
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 627
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Three CPU Types available Single Core CPU – The Classic Version Recommended for use with older versions of SICAM PAS (e.g.v5.11) and standard substation automation configurations Intel Celeron M440 1.86GHz based on single core processor technology 2 GByte RAM, 2x4GByte CF Cards Dual Core CPU RAID – Optimized for Power Quality Recommended for use Power Quality Applications Intel Core 2 Duo L7500 1.6GHz based on dual core processor technology 4 GByte RAM, 2 x 4GByte CF Cards 2 x 100GB HDD-based RAID-Level 1 System for excellent availability of archive data Dual Core CPU – Best Performance Best Performance for SICAM PAS Intel Core Duo T2500 2GHz based on dual core processor technology 2 GByte RAM, 2x4GByte CF Cards approx. 2 x faster than the classic version Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 628
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
CPU Features I
2 x Network Interfaces (10/100/1000 MBit/s) available for independent use and adapter teaming
4 x USB 2.0 Ports at front 2 on left are high current, in total 1A For USB hard disks that require more current for start up 2 on right are standard, 500mA per Port
VGA Adapter (Maximum resolution: 2048 x 1536 pixels 16M colors @ 75Hz refresh rate) 1 x Serial Port Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 629
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
CPU Features II
2 x 4GByte Compact Flash Cards: one card for Operating System, Application Software and Database one card for temporary data, logs, ..
Soldered memory instead of DIMM socket
Shock-proof Design Sensors for monitoring of CPU temperature on board No battery (gold cap is used for buffering)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 630
Big Cooling Element / No Fan for increased reliability
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Compact PCI Slots
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 631
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Digital I/Os
Digital I/O Board 32 binary signals, can individually be configured as input or output I/O voltage range: 12..32V Max. Input Current 0/1: 10µA/1.9A Driver SICAM PAS V6.00 is available for download (Share Point) Can be used with SICAM Station Version V2.10 and newer The used carrier board supports two Digital I/O Modules within one SICAM Station Unit Cables with 44-pin D-Sub connector and open end (pig-tail) with length of 2m and 10m are available as accessories.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 632
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Serial Interfaces
New Hardware: COM-Port Expander 8 x RS232 or RS485 (configurable per port) Compact PCI card – No PCI-bridge is needed 1 x 8-connector cable Can be used with SICAM Station Version V2.10 or newer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 633
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
PCI Adapter (Optional)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 634
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
PCI-Adapter (Optional)
Provides 4 additional PCI Slots for enhancement 4 Status LEDs for indicating the function of the module Typical enhancements are: • • • •
HOPF GPS/DCF77 Card CP5613 Card for Profibus Communication MOXA CP-114 (4-port RS-422/485) Additional Ethernet Ports, i.e. Intel PRO 1000
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 635
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Internal USB Ports
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 636
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Internal USB Ports
Two additional USB ports are available on the backplane inside of the SICAM Station Unit It is recommended to use them for the SICAM PAS USB Dongle in order to protect them from unauthorized access.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 637
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Power Supply Control Module
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 638
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Power Supply Control Module (PS CM)
Redundancy Management of the Power Supply Modules Four Status LEDs Eight potential-free Output Contacts additional life contacts are supported Contact 1 indicates Hardware is alive Contact 2 indicates OS running Contact 3 indicates the SICAM PAS Driver is running 5 binary output contacts are available for user- defined purposes Protocol Application for SICAM PAS V6.00 and V7.00 available
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 639
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Power Supply Modules
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 640
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Power Supply Modules
2 different modules are available •24 to 60 VDC - ± 10% •110 to 230 VDC & VAC, 50/60Hz (all in one) - ± 10% Single or Redundant (only one supplies power at a time) Switchover without reboot The non active power supply can be removed during operation Modules mixable (e.g. one for battery & one for station power) Status LEDs (shows active power supply) Rating: 120W 40ms Buffer for voltage sags and dips
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 641
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – Overview
New Operating System Windows Embedded Standard 2009 File Based Write Filter (FBWF) is used instead of EWF for protection of CF Cards Tools for Raid Monitoring are available Tool for Swissbit CF Card New release of Adobe Acrobat Reader New release of Automation License Manager (ALM, used for Profibus environment) is in scope of delivery This version supports the File Based Write Filter (FBWF) SICAM Station Unit V2.20 is released for use with SICAM PAS V5.11, V6.00 and V7.00 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 642
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software - Recovery DVDs
A Set of three Recovery DVDs will be delivered Three different images are available on this DVD (one for single core, one for dual core and one for dual core cpu with RAID) for restoring the factory settings Tools for backup and recovery are on the DVDs as well Delivery without pre-installed SICAM PAS Customer decides about the installation of a SICAM PAS version at his choice De-installation of a pre-installed version is not necessary
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 643
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – Diagnosis
Improved Diagnosis Capability additional information for diagnosis is available Collected information about hardware and software can be stored in a zipped file Following information will be collected all information which are usually available via SNMP, like memory consumption, free disk space, CPU temperature and so on Versions of installed DLLs temporary files / log files Makes it easier for the customer to provide sufficient information for trouble shooting and support by Customer Care/Hotline
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 644
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – RAID System Console
This tools supports maintenance of the RAID System Used to check the harddisks for defects Recommendation: Regular checks with this tool every two month, after a life time of more than three years monthly Defective hard disks should be replaced immediately
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 645
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – Compact Flash Card Monitor
This tools supports maintenance Compact Flash Disc Step by step: Copy the executable SBLTM.exe from the Recovery DVD into a folder on partition Y: Start the program from drive Y: , select “Drive 0” on the left hand side and then click on the tab “Overview” If you see three times “PASS” then the CF card is ok. Otherwise contact the hotline for support. Recommendation: Regular checks with this tool every two month, after a life time of more than three years monthly Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 646
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – File Based Write Filter FBWF
FBWF redirects disk writes to memory Non Persistent Easy FBWF handling and status overview •Available RAM can be monitored via SNMP •In opposite to the EWF the RAM usage of the FBWF is limited.
Following files are not protected by FBWF:
Windows Event Log Files SICAM PAS Datenbank Verzeichnis \AX NF ZZ (verw. von SIMATIC ALM)
File-Based Write Filter Read
4GB CF Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 647
Read / Write
RAM Overlay Y: RAM Overlay C:
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – File Based Write Filter FBWF
C: Enable Y: Enable
- Enable File Based Write Filter for volume C: or Y:
C: Disable Y: Disable
- Disable File Base Write Filter for volume C: or Y:
Prevent Restart
- After enabling/disabling of the FBWF for a certain volume a reboot of the device is needed. This command is used to suppress this restart.
FBWF Tray Display
- Starts the Icon in tray in the Windows Status Bar. The tray is used to be started automatically.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 648
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – Routing Tool
User Interface for configuration of routing parameters Route from Engineering PC to the IED with DIGSI
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 649
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – Digital I/O Driver for SICAM PAS
Digital I/O Driver Add-On for SICAM PAS V6.00 Available for download at Share Point or from local Siemens partner Can be easily installed on top of SICAM PAS V6.00 Scope of delivery Setup for Installation on top of SICAM PAS V6.00 Service Information for installation and configuration of this driver Pre-defined device descriptions for PSCM and Digital I/O Board SICAM PAS V7.00 and higher have this driver installed by default Features support of potential-free binary output contacts of the Power Supply Control Module (PSCM) support of binary contacts on Digital I/O board •output contacts can be configured for use as Single Command Double Command Bit String Command •Input Contacts can be configured for use as Single Point Information Double Point Information Bit String Information Power Supply Switch-Over •Double Command can be configured in order support switching between redundant power supplies Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 650
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – SNMP with SICAM PAS
The Station Unit can be monitored in SICAM PAS via SNMP
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 651
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – SNMP with a MIB Browser
The Station Unit can be monitored with a MIB Browser via SNMP (more variables & functionality)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 652
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Cyber Security
Requirements of NERC CIP standard and BDEW White Paper (formerly released as RWE White Book) are addressed BIOS Password Secure Default Settings for BIOS and Operating System •User Enforced to Change Password after first logon •Password Complexity •Password will expire after 42 days User Documentation: •Disaster Recovery Plan Image is prepared for installation of antivirus software and intrusion detection system Installation of security patches is possible (via Device Update Agent - DUA) Only those components are installed which necessary for SICAM PAS (and related applications). Unused ports and services are disabled by default
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 653
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Delivery Structure – Complete Device
1 2 3 6 M D
Or der Num be r : Ve r sion Pr im ar y Pow e r Supply:
V ersi on 2.20 DC 24 – 60
A C / DC 110 – 23 0V Se c ondar y Pow e r Supply: DC 24 – 60 V A C / DC 110 – 23 0V No se cond ary po w er su pply CPU Type :
I/O Boar ds :
CPU Mod ule w i th Sing le Co re CPU ( Ce leron M 4 40, 1 .8 6GHz), 2 x 4 GB CF, 2 GB RAM, Ima ge SU V 2.2 0, Bac ku p DV D CPU Mod ule w i th Dual Core CPU ( Co re Du o T250 0, 2 GHz), 2 x 4 GB CF, 2 GB RAM, Imag e SU V2 .20 , Backup DVD CPU Mod ule w i th Dual Core CPU w ith RAID system ( Intel Co re 2 Du o L750 0, 1.6GHz ), 2 x 2 GB CF, 4 GB RAM, Imag e SU V2.20, Backup DV D, incl. RA ID c ontrolle r a nd RAID Sy stem Lev el 1 i ncl. 1 00 GByte disks Non e One Digital I/O Modu le (32 bin ary con ta cts) Tw o Digital I/O Modu le (64 bin ary co nta cts)
PC I - Adapte r :
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 654
Without PCI – A dapter With PCI – Ad apter
COM Por t Expande r:
Without COM Port Exp ande r 8 p orts, inc l. Oc to pus Cabl e
Guar ante e Exte nsion:
Stand ard 2 yea r g uara ntee Guara ntee for 3rd y ear
4 9
5 1
6
7
2
2
8 -
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 0 -
0 A B A B C 0 1
2 0 1 2 A B A B 0 1
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Delivery Structure – Spare Parts & Accessories
Order Number
1 2 3 6 M D
4 9
Version: Version V2.20 Power Supply: DC 24-60V AC / DC 110-230V Power Supply Control Module CPU
5 9
6
7
8 -
| | 6 2
| | 7 2
| | 8 0
9 10 A | | | | 10 A A A 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 0 - 0 A A 0 | | | | 11 0 1 8 11
CPU Module with Single Core CPU (Celeron® M 440, 1.86GHz), 2 x 4GB CF, 2GB RAM, Image SU V2 20, Recovery DVD Set
B
0
CPU Module with Dual Core CPU (Core Duo T2500, 2GHz), 2 x 4GB CF, 2GB RAM, Image SU V2 20, Recovery DVD Set
B
1
B 10 C C 10 D D 10 E E
2 11 0 1 11 0 1 11 0 1
CPU Module with Dual Core CPU for Raid System (Intel Core 2 Duo L7500 1.6GHz), 2 x 4GB CF, 4GB RAM, Image SU V2 20, Recovery DVD Set, incl. Raid Controller
Data Storage 4GB Compact Flash Card 100 GB Harddisk for Raid System only PCI-Adapter PCI-Adapter Front Plate replacement for PCI Bridge Com Port Expander 8 Ports, incl. Octopus Cable Octopus Cable
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 655
Order Number
1 2 3 6 M D
4 9
5 9
6
7
8 -
| | 6 2
| | 7 2
| | 8 0
Version: Version V2.20 I/O Module Digital I/O Module (32 contacts) Carrier Board for I/O Modules 44-pin D-Sub Connector with cable (2 meters) and pigtail 44-pin D-Sub Connector with cable (10 meters) and pigtail Miscelaneus Front Cover System Rack without modules and power supplies USB DVD Drive Upgrade Upgrade Kit for SICAM Station V2.00 / V2.10 consists of - 2 x 4GB CF cards, - 1 x Recovery DVD Set incl.Upgrade License for Windows Embedded Standard (COA Sticker) Software Recovery DVD Set (without MS License)
9 10 A | | | | 10 F F
11 12 13 14 15 16 0 - 0 A A 0 | | | | 11 0 1
F
2
F 10 G G G 10
3 11 0 1 2 11
H 1 10 11 S 1
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Comparison of a Standard PC with SICAM PAS
Standard HW / SW (Windows XP)
SICAM PAS enhanced Solution
Standard PCs are more sensitive to surge effects
SICAM PAS uses SIEMENS Industrial PCs (IPC) compliant with highest industrial standards
Low reliability of PC, e.g. hard disk failures no watchdog
SICAM PAS uses IPC & Compact Flash Cards, i.e. no moving parts such as hard disks or fans SIEMENS IPC has a built in watchdog
Lower reliability of Windows based systems
SICAM PAS runs on Windows XP Embedded (WXPE) OS, i.e. the OS is specially tailored for the SA application
Power Supply failure w/o proper shut down SICAM PAS Station uses the enhanced can lead system to hang, i.e. no automatic write filter technology to protect system unattended reboot partition Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
SICAM PAS uses WXPE OS, i.e. the OS is Siemens Power Academy TD specially tailored for improved virus protection
30. Station Unit PC / Windows system: Danger of viruses
F02_Page 656
Delivery Structure – Spare Parts & Accessories
Standard HW / SW (Windows XP)
SICAM PAS enhanced Solution
DC – AC converter is required to power the PC from the station battery
SICAM PAS uses SIEMENS IPC with a DC Power Supply
No redundant power supply
Redundant power supply, switchover without reboot
Standard PCs have reduced temperature range
SICAM PAS uses IPC with higher temperature range 0°to 55°C environment temperature w/o fan (with no PCI cards)
Standard PCs are leading users to "play" with the systems
SICAM Station Unit has no floppy & CD Rom drive. SICAM Station Unit runs Windows XP Embedded (WXPE) OS, i.e. the OS is especially tailored for the SA application no games, multimedia etc.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
30. Station Unit
It657 is very difficult to get spare parts due to F02_Page
SICAM PAS Station Unit guarantees up to 10TD Siemens Power Academy
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 31. Project Configurations Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
IEC 61850 Ethernet Medium: FO Ring
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet FO
Local HMI
Router Control Centre Converter
Diagnosis
100 MBit - Ethernet-network IEC61850 FO-ring with ring management
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 659
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet Configuration: Electrical Star
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet FO
Local HMI
Router Control Centre
Diagnosis
16 Interfaces RJ45 (CAT 5-Standard)
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 660
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet FO-Ring with RuggedCom
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet LWL
Local HMI
Router Control Centre
Switch
Diagnosis
62,5µ or 50µ , 1300nm
Switch
100 MBit - Ethernet-network IEC61850 FO-ring with ring management
Switch
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 661
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet FO-Ring with optical EN100
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet LWL
Local HMI
Router Control Centre
Diagnosis
Switch 62,5µ or 50µ , 1300nm
100 MBit - Ethernet-network IEC61850 FO-ring with ring management
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 662
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet – Partial Redundant FO-Ring
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet LWL
Local HMI
Router Control Centre
Switch
Diagnosis
Switch 62,5µ or 50µ , 1300nm 100 MBit - Ethernet-Network IEC61850 FO-ring with ring management
Switch
Switch
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 663
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet - Redundant FO-Ring
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet LWL
Local HMI
Router
Control Centre
Switch
Diagnosis
Switch 100 MBit - Ethernet-network IEC61850 FO-Ring with ring management
Switch Switch
62,5µ or 50µ , 1300nm
Switch Switch
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 664
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet - with redundant PAS Ethernet RJ45
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet LWL
Local HMI
Router
Control Centre
Diagnosis
Switch Switch 100 MBit - Ethernet-network IEC61850 FO-ring with ring management
62,5µ or 50µ , 1300nm
Switch
Switch
Which complexity is still wise? Feld 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 665
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project : Switchgear in Switzerland
Corporate Network TCP/IP
First IEC61850-Project medium voltage, 9 bays
Control Centre
IEC60870-5-101 Ethernet TCP/IP
SICAM miniRTU for general informations
SICAM Station Unit
IEC60870-5-101
Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP with IEC61850
Switchgear
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 666
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Oil Refinery, Germany 40 medium voltage bays, all with IEC61850 Impass Control Centre
Control Centre IEC 60870-5-101
IEC 60870-5-104
General station indications
SICAM PAS Server BB-Section I
SICAM PAS Server BB-Section II Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP
Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP with IEC61850
Schaltanlage Switchgear- -Section Abschnitt I I Main protection and control
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 667
SICAM PAS Server Backup-Protection
IEC61850 and IEC60870-5-104
Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP with IEC61850
Schaltanlage Switchgear –-Section Abschnitt II II Main protection and control
Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP with IEC61850
Schaltanlage Switchgear – Section Abschnitt I and I und II II Backup-protection
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Automobile Production, Germany
New PAS-Network for existing LSA678 and SINAUT LSA field devices. About 300 MV- and LV-fields About 8000 data points HMI via WebNavigator Alarm indications with SMS
Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 668
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Brown coal open-cut mine, Germany Remote operator terminal
IEC61850-Pilot project 160 bays
Office-PC -
Control Centre IEC 60870-5-101 Connection to Transformer monitoring
SICAM PAS Server/DIP Overall system SICAM PAS CC Local HMI
10km
Bay units for general station indications
IEC 60870-5-101
4 small RTUs SICAM miniRTU
Station bus Ethernet TCP/IP with IEC61850
Station bus Ethernet with IEC61850
Schaltanlage - 110kV High voltage incoming supply -
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 669
Station bus Ethernet with IEC61850
Schaltanlage- 26/6kV Main switchgear medium voltage
Station bus Ethernet with IEC61850
Schaltanlage- 6kV Medium voltage distribution Conveyor belt collector point
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Utility, Berlin 110/10kV
95 protection relays with IEC103 24 bay units with IEC61850 3 Voltage regulators with IEC61850 Redundant IEC104 to Control Center
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 670
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Utility, Peru 66/22.5/10kV
Control Centre
SICAM PAS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 671
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: National Utility, Brazil
138 / 13.8kV Load shedding - function
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 672
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Fertilizer Factory, Brazil
145 protection relays in 9 Ethernet rings
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 673
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project : Gasoline Refinery Brazil 13.8/4.16/0.48kV
Optical 100 MBit Ethernet-ring
500 GOOSE-Information
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 674
1300 GOOSE-Information
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: VAE 400/132/22kV
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 675
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: VAE 400/132/22kV
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 676
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 32. Normalization Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Normalization - What can I do with this function?
Modification of values Scaling of measurements and counter values Inverting single or double point indications Adaptation of transformer tap position indications
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 678
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Column „Normalization“ in „Mapping“
Each information point (Monitoring- and Command Direction) can be assigned both, for incoming messages (Master-Interface), and for outgoing messages (Slave-Interface) to a Normalization to modify values. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 679
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Create a Normalization Templates
With a right-hand mouse click, a new normalization can be created
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 680
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Example 1: Scaling a measured value
For measurements the input type and conversion type are important! The scaling factor has to be entered here. Offset of the value range
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 681
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Example 1: Normalization as multiple-used template
The new Normalization appears in the right-hand properties window Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 682
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Example 1: Assignment of normalization in Mapping
Assign Normalization Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 683
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Example 2: Inverting a single point indication
For indications Input type Digital, Conversion type Conversion
1(OFF) becomes 2 (ON) 2 (ON) becomes 1 (OFF) (for single and double indications)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 684
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 33. System Variables Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
System Variables
Each device has a set of System Variables in the PAS system:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 686
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Device Monitoring
_Opr = monitoring information 1= communication with device running 0= communication with device stopped _Adm = control information 1= enable communication with device 0= stop communication with device Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 687
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Device Monitoring
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 688
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Device Monitoring
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 689
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Device Monitoring
Device has started, GI has finished (often used as a condition in logic functions)
Communication failed (often used to log in event/alarm list)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 690
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Device Monitoring
Value
1 0
_Opr
2 1
_ComFault
2 1
_OprReady Time GI
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 691
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Information Blocking
Blk_Opr = monitoring information for Bay Blocking and Telecontrol Blocking
131072=Bay blocked 196608=Teletransmission blocked 262144=both blocked 65536=no blockings
Blk_Adm = control information for Bay Blocking and Telecontrol Blocking
131072=block bay level 196608=block teletransmission 262144=block both 65536=unblock
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 692
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
Bay Blocking
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 693
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
Bay Blocking
Note: Telecontrol Blocking is not specifically indicated in the Value Viewer All the information of the respective device will be diplayed as held information in the ValueViewer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 694
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for GI
Both of the commands can be activated by buttons in UI-Operation Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 695
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for GI
Regular GI
Overall Process Image
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 696
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for GI
Internal GI (e.g. after modifications in ValueViewer)
Overall Process Image
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 697
Interface specific image
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
Meaning of further Status Messages
…for IEC 60870-5-101 protocol
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 698
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 34. OPC Communication with COM / DCOM Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
What is OPC ?
OPC stands for OLE (Object Linking and Embedding) for Process Control is the automation industry‘s version of OLE provides an open, flexible, plug-and-play software standard for software interoperability in the automation industry specific to the automation industry and its' unique needs for data communication (alarming, historical data access and trending, batch and more) OPC Foundation with now more than 220 companies, an independent organization, is responsible for the specification. www.opcfoundation.org Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 700
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
What is OPC ?
OPC is based on OLE, COM (component object model) and DCOM (distributed component object model) technologies consists of a standard set of interfaces, properties and methods for use in process- control and manufacturing automation application
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 701
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
Why is OPC ?
Openness System-wide operation between automation products of different manufacturers Data are only acquired once from field level right up to operational control level Access to MS-Office under Windows
Ease of Use Same user interface for different components
Performance C++ interface Efficient data access through volume operations Requirement-oriented client-server communication
Connectability Can be reached by any computer in the LAN/WAN (via COM/DCOM)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 702
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
How does OPC work ?
OPC Client OPC Client
Initiates OPC communications Read/write requests
OPC OPC
OPC Server
Communications based on COM/DCOM Data: single or in groups
OPC Server Executes client requests Cyclically/change-driven Makes own data available
Note: SICAM PAS supports OPC Server and OPC Client Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 703
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of OPC data flow (Example)
Network Network From any To any client server
PAS CC HMI system
PAS
OPC Client
OPC Server
Routing
miniRTU IEC101 slave Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 704
IEC101 master
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Configuring a common account
Open Computer Management
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 705
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Configuring a common account
Add the desired account, e.g. „Schulung“ to Administrators group
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 706
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Default Properties for DCOM
Enter „dcomcnfg“ to open the desired dialog
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 707
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Default Properties for DCOM
Default properties have to be entered on both of the computers
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 708
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: COM Security
3
4
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 709
1
Permissions have to be configured in all the 4 buttons see following pages
2
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Access Permissions, Default
1
Enter desired account, check name, press ok
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 710
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Default
1
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 711
2
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Default
3
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 712
3
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Limits
4
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 713
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Assigning new Administrator
Select „DCOM Config“ in the Component Services window. Warnings like these indicate not properly entered programs in the Windows Registry. Just acknowledge them with YES.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 714
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Assigning new Administrator
Open OpcEnum properties, select Identidy tab and enter again the desired account and password. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 715
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Assigning new Administrator
Open Security tab and assign the new account once more to „configuratuion permissions“ Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 716
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: for local accounts
Administative Tools Local Security Policy
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 717
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: for local accounts
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 718
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server
OPC Server specific parameterization
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 719
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server: Feature Enabler without Password
The OPC Server is included in the Basic Packet of SICAM Full Server. Nevertheless the application has to be released with the Feature Enabler. This does not require a password.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 720
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server: Assigning new Administrator
Open the properties of the SIEMENS SICAM PAS OPC DA Server, Open Identidy tab and assign the new account once more. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 721
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server: UI-Configuration
The „Virtual Devicet“ summarizes all information to be transferred by OPC.
Has to be entered
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 722
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server: Mapping
Enable information, which has to be routed to any OPC client
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 723
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server: UI-Operation Update System. Start the OPC Server (remains in „Pending Up“) Data is now ready for being polled by a client.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 724
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client
OPC Client specific parameterization
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 725
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Feature Enabler with Password
The OPC Client is an option. The application has to be released with the Feature Enabler using an appropriate password.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 726
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
SSR: Assigning new Administrator
Now select the Services, open the properties of the PAS OPC Client, Open LogOn tab and assign the new account once more. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 727
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
SSR: Assigning new Administrator
Now restart SSR
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 728
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client
Enter OPC Client and interface.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 729
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Selecting an OPC server
Select the Computer Name parameter and hit the browser button to browse for an OPC Server computer. Note: The red parameter field is not yet to be configured.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 730
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Selecting an OPC server
Open the Local Network, select the desired computer name, and mark the OPCServer.SICAM_PAS_DA
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 731
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Selecting an OPC server
Computer name and OPC Server have now been entered.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 732
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Entering a device
Now enter a device. The device represents the physical device to communicate with. Browse for the desired variables in Value Selection Box
Opening the “Selection Box”, the OPC-Server already turns to RUN Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 733
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Variables supplied by the server
Browse to that level, that displays your desired information and map it.
While browsing for the desired variables, the OPC-Server already is in RUN Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 734
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Templates
The new OPC device appears also as a Template
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 735
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Correct protocol information types
The protocol information types have to be corrected manually, because they all appear as SP (OPC does not support exchange of PAS information types) Commands always appear as SC and they have to remain as such ! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 736
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Mapping
With the USE information is made available for all the routing, e.g. to PAS CC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 737
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: UI-Operation
First update system, then start OPC Client Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 738
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
Known (Windows-)problems
Under Windows XP SP2 you may have problems with access rights between server and client. Then please follow these instructions:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 739
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: overwriting limits
Open Aministative Tools Local Security Policy
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 740
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Security options - DCOM
Open properties for both of the DCOM restrictions. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 741
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
DCOM Machine Access Restrictions Add Remote Access for ANONYMOUS-LOGON, Then enter new account with the same rights.
These settings disable the buttons “Edit Limits” in the computer properties on page 11. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 742
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
DCOM Machine Launch Restrictions
Enter again the new account with all rights.
A Restart is recommended after these settings.
These settings disable the buttons “Edit Limits” in the computer properties on page 11.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 743
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 35. OPC-XML-Server Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Basics
OPC XML-DA Server is a protocol for SICAM PAS. Microsoft IIS-Server is used as WebServer for OPC XML-DA. This allows data exchange of SICAM PAS with any OPC XML-DA Client. OPC XML-DA Server and OPC XML-DA Client are installed on different PCs, the communication runs on TCP/IP. The open communication provides data exchange with other Systems, which are based on Microsoft Windows, but also on other operating systems, e.g. LINUX. OPC XML-DA Server supports the exchange of structured information (process data) via Internet using XML (EXtensible Markup Language). The OPC XML-DA Client can set protocol parameters through the OPC XML-DA Server and can read and write all values, which in SICAM PAS UI have been mapped to OPC XML-DA.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 745
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Difference to previous OPC
„normales“ PreviousOPC OPCDA DA
OPC XML-DA Control Center
Windows OPC DA Client
OPC XML-DA Client
Windows or other Operating System
LAN,
WAN / Internet
LAN
SICAM PAS SICAM PAS
OPC
DA Server
The „normal“ COM/DCOM based OPC is Limited to Windows Operating Systems Causes problems when communicating over Firewalls.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 746
IIS
Microsoft Webserver
OPC
XML-DA Server
OPC XML-DA overcomes both disadvantages. Additionally possible: Secure communication with https
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of OPC data flow (Example)
PAS Computer
IIS Server OPC Server
RTU IEC101 slave
Client Computer LAN LANor or WAN WAN Network Network
Softing OPC Client
Routing
IEC101 master
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 747
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Pre-Conditions
Windows IIS (Internet Information Server) from Version 5.1 forward is to be installed on your PAS computer (Attention with CAT-Clients, contact your IT Service!)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 748
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating OPC XML-DA Server in PAS
It‘s as simple as that: o Create the 3 levels o Map your information o Ready
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 749
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting OPC XML-DA Server in Runtime
Update System and start OPC branch
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 750
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client
Just started
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 751
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Establishing connection
Enter address of server (PAS computer)
http:// IP address :8081/DA
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 752
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Successful connection
The desired Server appears now in the left hand window pane. Green symbols indicate a successful connection.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 753
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Provided Data
The tab „DA Browse“ shows all provided data. Now choose a group (e.g. a device), which you want to watch in detail.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 754
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Displaying Details
„Add Item for all Tags“ enters all data points of the selected group into the left hand window pane.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 755
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Visualised Data Points
Data points of the selected group
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 756
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Watching Data The tab „DA Items“ now shows all related values online
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 757
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 36. SICAM PAS Automation with the programming language ST Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Overview
Basics IEC 61131 Basics structured text (ST) Instructions in ST How to write your own function blocks Practical example SICAM PAS Combination of ST and CFC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 759
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
What is IEC 61131 ?
International Standard for programming of programmable logic controllers (PLC) Part 3 of the standard defines usable programming languages: Instruction list (IL) Structured text (ST) Functional block language (CFC) Ladder diagram (LL) Sequential function chart (SFC) Further Standard parts define general information about PLCs, requirements on equipment and tests, guidelines for users, communication
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 760
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Basics IEC 61131-3
There are 3 „components“ for programming, the so-called POEs (program organisation unit): Program (PROG) Function Block (FB) Function (FUN) Each POE is structured into a declaration part and in a source code part All variables are defined in the declaration part (internal, external, I/O variables) The actual programming code is in the source code part, where the declared variables can be used declaration is necessary for all variables !
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 761
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - What are programs ?
Main program (multiple main programs are possible) top level execution unit in a PLC for example a CFC chart or a ST program Starts with the keyword PROGRAM and ends with END_PROGRAM (These are not directly visible in SICAM PAS, is internally managed by the Editor) Be careful with re-naming of programs ! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 762
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - What are functions ?
Functions are subroutines They will be invoked/called by a program Functions have input values Functions only have one return value Functions can use internal variables, their values are deleted after leaving the function Standard functions are already defined in the Standard Starts with the keyword FUNCTION and ends with END_FUNCTION (not visible in PAS) No recursion ! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 763
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - What are functions ? (2)
Example
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 764
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - What are function blocks ?
Function blocks are subroutines They will be invoked/called by a program Function blocks have input and output(return) values Function blocks have a memory Declaration of function blocks (see variables) Function blocks can use internal variables, their values can be preserved after leaving Standard function blocks are already defined in the Standard SICAM PAS CFC blocks are function blocks Starts with the keyword FUNCTIONBLOCK and ends with END_FUNCTIONBLOCK (not visible in PAS) no recursion! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 765
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - What are function blocks? (2)
Example
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 766
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Basic data types of variables in 61131-3
Binary data types (bit pattern) BOOL BYTE WORD DWORD Integer (signed, unsigned) INT / UINT DINT / UDINT Floating point number REAL Special-Data types TIME DATE Function blocks! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 767
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Declaration of variables in 61131-3
declaration part of POE Variable type VAR VAR_INPUT VAR_OUTPUT VAR_IN_OUT VAR_EXTERNAL VAR_GLOBAL
PROG x
FB x x x x
x x
FUN x x
internal variables input values output values I/O values external variables global variables
Example FB:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 768
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Declaration of variables in 61131-3 (2)
Syntax of a declaration: : := ; Declaration of variables always between VAR, VAR_xxx and END_VAR No hardware addresses in SICAM PAS
Example PROG:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 769
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - Access to different variables
In SICAM PAS there is a special global program for interfacing variables. This program does not include source code -> global data file „pasglob.poe“ Programs are able to access global variables of other programs using VAR_EXTERNAL like this it is possible to access interface variables Function blocks are able to access global variables of their program via VAR_EXTERNAL better with input/output variables Functions do not have access to global variables
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 770
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - Definition of own datatypes
It is possible to create your own datatype combining existing datatypes Create a type file in SICAM PAS SICAM PAS interface variables have their own type: PASDATABLOCK, PASCOMMANDBLOCK, PASGROUP Example: TYPE State : BYTE:=4; END_TYPE New type „State“ Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 771
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - Arrays and Structures
It is possible to define an array variable field1 : ARRAY[1..10] OF BOOL; Access via field1[1], field1[2], ... It is possible to define a structured variable Test1 : STRUCT Value1 : BOOL; Value2 : BYTE; END_STRUCT; Access via Test1.Value1, Test1.Value2 Both possibilities also work with type definitions
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 772
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
The programming language ST
Textual programming language Similar to the programming language Pascal All constructs possible: PROG, FUN, FB clear, compact wording of the program function/algorithm Good possibilities to use in relation with CFC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 773
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Example FB in ST
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 774
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Instruction in ST
A program in ST consists of statements Statements are separated by ; (End-of-line <>End of statement!!) Operand1
Statement
Expression1
Operator
Keyword
Operand2
Expression2 ST-Programm Statement
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 775
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Keywords in ST
Keyword
Description
Remarks
:=
Definition
Functions are always used in a definition has to be declared in the declaration part
Call and Use of FBs RETURN
Return
IF
if clause
Condition will be checked
CASE
Multiple choice
Value comparison
FOR
Loop 1
Multiple cycle
WHILE
Loop 2
upstream at-end-condition
REPEAT
Loop 3
downstream at-end-condition
EXIT
Loop interruption
drop out of the loop
;
Blank command
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 776
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Operators in ST
Priority Operator () ** NOT * / MOD + <, >, <=, >= = <> &, AND XOR OR
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 777
Description in brackets Function call Potentiation Negation Complement Multiplication Division Modulo Addition Subtraction Equation Equality inequality Boolean AND Exklusive Boolean OR Boolean OR
high
low
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Definition in ST
Syntax: Designator := Expression Example: Trigger := TRUE; a := 4 / 2 + 1; b := FunctionA(4);
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 778
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
FB-Call and RETURN in ST
FB-Call (Example): Declaration VAR FB_TEST : PAS_SASS; END_VAR
Program FB_TEST(EN:=TRUE); b:=FB_TEST.MARKER;
Multiple calls in a Program possible Attention: All PAS firmware blocks with interface variables have to be constant!!! RETURN (Example) RETURN;
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 779
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IF Clause in ST
Syntax: IF Print THEN command block; ELSE Command block; END_IF; Example: IF switch=5 THEN value:= 1; ELSE value:=3; END_IF;
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 780
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
CASE – Multiple choice in ST
Syntax: CASE Print OF Print value: Command block; ELSE Command block; END_CASE; Example: CASE value1 OF 1: RETURN; 2: flag:=TRUE; ELSE flag:=FALSE; END_CASE; Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 781
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
FOR – Loops in ST
Syntax: FOR controlling variable := Expression TO Expression BY Expression DO Command block; END_FOR Example: FOR i:=1 to 5 BY 1 DO value[i]:= i; END_FOR;
or
FOR i:=1 to 5 DO
FOR i:=5 to 1 BY -1 DO value[i]:= i; END_FOR; ATTENTION: Loops can deadlock automation!!! (Loops take processor time, use short loops only) 36. Automation with
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 782
programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
WHILE – Loops in ST
Syntax: WHILE Print DO Command block; END_WHILE; Example: WHILE flag=TRUE DO wert:=wert-1; if wert<5 THEN flag:=FALSE; END_IF; END_WHILE; ATTENTION: Loops can deadlock automation!!! (Loops take processor time, use short loops only)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 783
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
REPEAT – Loops in ST
Syntax: REPEAT Command block; UNTIL Print END_REPEAT; Example: REPEAT value:=wert+1; UNTIL value>5 END_REPEAT; Attention: Loops can deadlock automation!!! (Loops take processor time, use short loops only)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 784
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Comments in Source Code in ST
Comments help understanding Comments help reading the program code Syntax: (* Comment *) Example: (* This is a comment *)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 785
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Write your own function blocks
Why is it necessary to write own function blocks? Save functionality for multiple use Clearness during programming Functionality has to be written / changed only once Import/Export – possibility among projects Possibility of your own engineering solutions What do I have to do to write own function blocks? Define task of a functional module Define input/output values Define internal variables Writing of program code Test the function block
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 786
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Simple Counter Function block
Block counts 1 per edge change Reset counter VAR_INPUT SIGNAL : BOOL; RESET : BOOL; DEFAULT : INT; END_VAR
FUNCTION_BLOCK IF DEF_SET=FALSE THEN COUNT:=DEFAULT; DEF_SET:=TRUE; END_IF;
VAR_OUTPUT COUNT : INT; END_VAR VAR DEF_SET : BOOL:=FALSE; OLD_SIG : BOOL:=FALSE; END_VAR
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 787
(* READING CHANGE OF SIGNAL *) IF SIGNAL<>OLD_SIG THEN COUNT:=COUNT+1; OLD_SIG:=SIGNAL; END_IF
(* READING RESET *) IF RESET=TRUE THEN COUNT:=0; COUNT:=DEFAULT; END_IF 36. Automation with END_FUNCTION_BLOCK programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS and ST
SICAM PAS already contains Firmware FBs These FBs can be used in your own FBs Interface-variables have their own datatype in PAS: PASDATABLOCK PASCOMMANDBLOCK PASGROUP These interface-types are structures with one element, a pointer Interface-variables must have a constant value!!!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 788
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Practical example SICAM PAS
Measured value multiplexer: 4 input measured values 1 Change-over switch (int-variable) One output measured value ERROR Output if change-over value is out of range
CFC-chart with new block incl. setpoint value and 4 measurands Export of block use in a new project
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 789
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Combination of ST and CFC
Written ST- function blocks or ST-functions can be used in a CFC chart Using of most adequate language is possible Import/Export use in other projects Theoretical only: In CFC rendered blocks can be used in ST Mixing of both languages is possible
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 790
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 37. ST Lab Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
How can I write my own Function Block?
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 792
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Create an ST File
Here we declare variables
My new file Here we have to write the code
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 793
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Example: OR with 3 inputs
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 794
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Result
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 795
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
New Example
We create a new Special_OR: Not a boolean one, but für PAS data structure 3 Indication Inputs, 1 Indication Output Exactly 2 of 3 inputs must be raised to raise the output
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 796
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Declaration of variables
External Variables Input Variables inputs of new FB Output Variables ouputs of new block
Internal Variables processed within FB
PAS_CRI;
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 797
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Declaration of variables
Each Input is a PAS data structure The Output is also a data structure
PAS_CRI;
We use 3 times a SASS function block to read the 3 messages And once a CRI block to derive the resultant message We use boolean values for all the inputs and for the output as well for easier programming and diagnostic reasons
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 798
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Internally used PAS-Blocks
CRI creates an information structure e.g. for derived messages
SASS splits up an information structure into all it´s components
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 799
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Programming Part
Set the Enable to TRUE and Link the INPUT to IN_x
If message was raised, then set VAL to 1 Oherwise to 0
LOGIC: 110 or 101 or 011 THEN OUT=1, otherwise 0
Create Indication,Enable = 1, Cause = spontaneous, Indictype= SP, Signal_1 receives current value from the boolean variable OUT, Change to trigger the block, Send to execute during startup! OUT_IND is the resultant variable and gets the result from CRI-output INDIC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 800
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
New function block : Special_OR
Connect to derived indication
Connect to PAS indications
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 801
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 38. SICAM PAS User Administration Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Administrating Users
Users Administration The Administrator can assign a user to a predefined user group (level of rights) To open UI Configuration, Operation or ValueViewer (depending on account) the user has to enter a password to be able to read data in the tool or to modify.
Account and Password for the first Login: User name: Password:
Administrator Admin
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 803
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Rights of predefined User Groups
User Group
Configuration Operation
ValueViewer
Guest
Read
Read
Read
No Access
Data Engineer Read + Write
Read
Read
No Access
Switch Operator
Read
Read + Write
Read + Write
No Access
System engineer
Read + Write
Read + Write
Read + Write
No Access
Administrator Read + Write
Read + Write
Read + Write
Read + Write
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 804
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening User Administration
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 805
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
First Login
Logging in the first time into User Administration, the system requests the default Login: User: Administrator Password: Admin
The password must be changed (forced) immediately after logging in.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 806
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating a new User
A new user can be created by menu „Edit“ „Create a new user“. Authentication is available in DNP3 protocol only.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 807
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Activating new users
The user administration has to be activated and closed afterwards.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 808
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Login when opening a PAS Tool
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 809
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
User Administration for Administrator accessible only
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 810
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Logging Out Automatically after Time Out
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 811
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Log File - automatically generated
All activity (opening of UI Configuration, change user features etc.) will be entered in a log file.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 812
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 39. Server-DIP Configuration Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Full Server – DIP Configuration Up to 6 DIPs
IEC T101
Control Center
Up to 350 Bay devices
Corporate Network TCP/IP
Up to 20.000 data points Full Server DIP No.1 IEC T104
DIP No.2
SICAM PAS CC
Station Bus
DIP = Device Interface Processor Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 814
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
DIP Software Setup
Select DIP and Install
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 815
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
DIP Software Setup
After Installation has finished, the computer has to be restarted as usual…
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 816
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
DIP Software Setup
After Re-Boot select Feature Enabler, which now opens this window to connect to the Full Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 817
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
Feature Enabler
The Feature Enabler is assigned to this DIP only , so it would not show the licenses of the Full server. The DIP license keys, which refer to the DIP dongle, have to be entered here independently. With the Database button you again can open and even modify the assignment to the Full Server. The Feature Enabler does not show any Runtime License, as a DIP doesn‘t need.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 818
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering a DIP into the configuration data base
Browser button
Enter a second system If the DIP computer was already in the network, you can use the browser to enter.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 819
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering a DIP into the configuration
In our configuration, we will cut the RTU application from Full Server and paste it to the DIP (check COM port)
Cut and paste
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 820
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring a DIP
After having updated the system and connecting communication cable now to the other computer, the RTU is now running at the DIP
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 821
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 40. Group Indicator in Alarm Logging Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
What is that for ?
If new messages appear in the Alarm List, the system has to inform the operator about.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 823
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
A symbol for visualisation
This is important, whenever the operator is outside the Alarm List
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 824
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample indications for the Runtime Mode
One or several indications have raised, and have not yet been acknowledged.
Everything has been acknowledged, but indications have still raised.
No raised unacknowledged indications, but cleared unacknowledged.
All indications have cleared and have been acknowledged. The Alarm list is empty.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 825
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating Internal tag
This unsigned-8-Bit-Tag has to serve as a group tag for indication states as well as for acknowledgement state
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 826
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Group Messages in Alarm Logging
Each message class appears once more in Group messages
Open properties
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 827
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Choose Internal Tag
The new tag has to be assigned here
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 828
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Meaning of Bits
Value = 128 7
64 6
32 5
16 4
8 3
Acknowledge-Bit
4 2
2 1
1 0
State-Bit
0=no raised indication + everything acknowledged 1=Indication has raised + everything acknowledged 16=no indication has raised, but still unacknowledged 17=Indication has raised + not acknowledged Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 829
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Creation in Graphics Designer
This has to be dynamised (May be a character, a symbol or even the background of the Alarm List button)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 830
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample indications for the Runtime Mode
There are 3 logics to combine:
1. Display or hide 2. Display static or blinking 3. Display in red or green
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 831
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Next page
1. Logic: Dynamic-Dialog „Font Color“
The color has to indicate, whether indications have raised
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 832
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
1. Logic: Dynamic-Dialog „Font Color“
If State-Bit was set, then RED (static), If not set, then GREY (invisible on a grey background)
Red Grey
Note: First choose Data Type, then enter Tag Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 833
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
2. Logic: Dynamic-Dialog „Flashing Text Active“
Flashing has to indicate, whether indications still have to be acknowledged
Next page
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 834
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
2. Logic: Dynamic-Dialog „ Flashing Text Active“
If Acknowledge-Bit was set, then Flashing, If not set, then no Flashing
Note: First choose Data Type, then enter Tag Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 835
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Logic: Flashing Text Colors
Flashing has to be a color change between Red and Grey (Raised and unacknowledged indications) Or between Green and Grey (Cleared and unacknowledged indications)
Invisible Must be dynamic next page
Flashing Text Color On has to be dynamised Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 836
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Logic: Dynamic-Dialog „Flashing Text Color On“
The Flashing Color depends on the State-Bit only.
Red Green
Note: First choose Data Type, then enter Tag Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 837
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Display in Runtime Mode
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 838
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 41. Sound output with WinCC Horn Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
WinCC Horn
The Horn function is linked to the „Alarm-Logging“. If certain messages occur, an alarm sound can be generated, e.g. if a new message was entered in the Alarm List. The sound can be acknowledged, either with acknowledgement of the message in the Alarm List, or by a separate button.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 840
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating an internal Tag
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 841
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Enter Message Class
Enter desired message class and assign your horn-Tag
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 842
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Assign Sound File
Enter the tag once more for acknowledgement, and enter a sound file (any wave-file) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 843
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Symbols for indication and acknowledgement
Global Library / Operations / Screen-Buttons
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 844
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Acknowledging horn
Set the value of o binary variable – with the name Horn – to the value of 0
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 845
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Displaying horn symbol..… …when sounding
As the Horn tag is a binary tag, it corresponds with the values for the attribute Display, i.e. Yes and No refer to 1 and 0 (or True and False)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 846
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
…when not sounding
Here, the inverse logic is required
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 847
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Fine tuning
For optical representation we can let some lines flashing
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 848
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 42. Topological coloring Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Why Topological Colouring?
For an operator it may be important to know, which parts of the switchgear are under voltage, and which parts are de-energized. This is, what Topological Colouring provides. Here the colour (the voltage) follows the state of the switching devices.
Ex. Red = under voltage Green= de-energized
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 850
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Components in our library
Here we get preconfigured objects supporting dynamic colouring
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 851
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Most important components
Feeder = Source of colour Provides colours for energized / de-energized
Connector = Lines to connect objects e.g. lines or bus bars
Node = to connect 2 connectors e.g. if a line meets a bus bar
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 852
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
3 Feeder Type Symbols
Feeder with indication Changes colour depending on a message (e.g. Bus bar energized Off / On green / red) Feeder with measurement Changes colour depending on a measured value (e.g. < 1kV green = de-energized, > 1kV red = energized Feeder with RGB input (Red-Green-Blue-Value) Changes colour depending on an internal RGB-Tag
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 853
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Feeder – Parameter page 1
Usually we do not have do change anything here. Just having chosen the type „with measurement“, we have to define the switching point and hysteresis
Open via double click on symbol
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 854
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Feeder – Parameter page 2
Here we have to assign the respective tags. *.Validity and *.Value
Open via context menu, object properties Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 855
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Example
Desired configuration
Necessary components
This will become the Bus Bar
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 856
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
How to connect connectors
Connecting 2 objects, a correct connection will be indicated by a colour change of the connector point snapped in from green to red.
Snapped in
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 857
Not snapped in
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Readily connected components
The feeder and the switching devices have now to be assigned to the appropriate tags Then the connection scripts have to be generated.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 858
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Error message when generating scripts
Following the link, the bad connection can easily be found
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 859
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Testing in Runtime Mode
The nodes may be reduced to size 0 to make them invisible
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 860
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Earth symbol – A special case of a feeder
The Earth symbol is a special case of a feeder. It does not need any tag or any other parameterization. Having a fixed earth potential, the symbol can just provide one colour (standard: magenta), to flood the connected line with. The earth colour has a higher priority than colours from other feeders
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 861
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 43. Diagnostic tools Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Diagnostic - tools for PAS V7
Windows Services Process Explorer Event Viewer SSRTestUI Portmon MediaSenseCheck
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 863
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Windows Dienste / Services
These two PowerCC – services belong to SICAM PAS PQS
The most important service is SSR (System Shutdown and Recovery) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 864
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Process Explorer
The Process Explorer is freeware which you can download from Microsoft. The site is: www.sysinternals.com
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 865
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Event Viewer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 866
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Event Viewer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 867
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Event Viewer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 868
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
MediaSenseCheck Shows all available network adapters. The desired PAS-network adapter has to be added to the field in the center. C:\Siemens\Energy\SySrv\Bin\MediaSenseChk2.exe In case there are more than one network adapters on the PC the window pops up automatically after the installation of PAS. The desired network adapter has to be added to the field in the center. This tool can be started manually:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 869
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Portmon Sysinternals (a wholly owned subsidiary of Microsoft Corporation)
= Freeware
Can listen to serial or parallel ports, even Remote (not Station Unit)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 870
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Please contact us
Power Academy TD Humboldtstrasse 50 90459 Nuremberg Phone: + +49-911-433-7141 Fax: +49-911-433-5482 E-mail: [email protected] Visit our download areas: SICAM www.sicam.de SIPROTEC www.siprotec.com Power Quality www.powerquality.de Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 871
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Complete Training Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Summary Slide
1. Introduction 2. System functions 3. System components 4. Software installation 5. Licensing 6. UI User Interface 7. Software installation 8. UI Operation 9. Value Viewer 10. Telecommunication with IEC 60870-5-101 11. Communication with a Control Center using IEC 60870-5-101 Slave 12. Interface Tester IECTEST for IEC 60870-5-101/104 13. Siemens Serial Hub 7XV5655 14. Connection of a Field Device with IEC 60870-5-103 15. SICAM PAS CFC Logic Function 16. IEC61850 Communication Standard for Substations 17. Configuring IEC 61850 IEDs 18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol 19. HMI-Interface and Topology 20. Introduction to SICAM PAS CC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 2
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Summary Slide (cont.)
21. SICAM PAS CC Software Setup 22. Starting a PAS CC Project 23. Graphics Designer 24. Bay and Telecontrol Blocking 25. Compatibility Key 26. Switching Authority 27. WinCC User Administrator 28. Alarm Logging 29. SICAM PAS Redundancy 30. Station Unit 31. Project Configurations 32. Normalization 33. System Variables 34. OPC Communication with COM / DCOM 35. OPC-XML-Server 36. SICAM PAS Automation with the programming language ST 37. ST Lab 38. SICAM PAS User Administration 39. Server-DIP Configuration 40. Group Indicator in Alarm Logging 41. Sound output with WinCC Horn 42. Topological coloring 43. Diagnostic tools
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 3
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 1. Introduction Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
What is SICAM PAS? SICAM PAS / PQS is a software and stands for: S I C A M
Substation Information Control Automation Monitoring
SICAM PAS / PQS V7.0 Power Automation System Power Quality System
P A S
Power Automation System
P Q S
Power Quality System
Answers for energy.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 5
SIEMENS
The SICAM Station Unit is a special computer which is optimized for SICAM PAS PQS software.
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
Why SICAM PAS? TeleControlCenter Control center level, SCADA (Supervisory, Control And Data Acquisition)
SICAM PAS IEC 101 / 104
• filters information, which is not used in SCADA • understands / converts various protocols
Station level (SICAM PAS)
1 10
IE C
C IE
PROFIBUS FMS
C IE
3 10
61 85 0
• is able to (time-) synchronize all connected IEDs IE C
10 4
Bay level
Process level Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 6
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
How to control / monitor the field devices locally TeleControlCenter Control center level, SCADA SICAM SCC
(Supervisory, Control And Data Acquisition)
(SICAM Substation Control Center) IEC 101 / 104
1 10
IE C
C IE
PROFIBUS FMS
C IE
3 10
61 85 0
Station level (SICAM PAS)
IE C
10 4
Bay level
Process level Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 7
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
In the past
Nowadays
Control Center
Control Center
IEC 101
IEC 101 Local HMI
RTU
AI
SAS (PAS)
Distributor bank
copper wires Communication Module
Communication Module
Protection Relais
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
Proceses
F02_Page 8
1. Introduction
Proceses Siemens Power Academy TD
The SICAM Family – The right solution for every application
SICAM PAS CC
SICAM Diamond SICAM PAS SIPROTEC
SICAM 1703 AK SICAM 1703 TM
SICAM 1703 BC
SICAM SICAM 230 230
SICAM 1703 MIC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 9
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
Configurations and Functions Full Server System 2.TeleControlCenter SICAM PAS TeleControlCenter
Stand-alone
SICAM PAS CC IEC 60870-5-104
system
Timesignal IEC 60870-5-101 DNP V3.00
Full Server
Distributed process interface Process visualization and archiving Telecontrol interface Automation function with CFC Online configuration
Ethernet
Modbus/Profibus DP IEC 60870-5-101/DNP V3.00
Profibus FMS/IEC 60870-5-103
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 10
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
Distributed system with higher performance Full Server – DIP (Device Interface Processor) 2.TeleControlCenter SICAM PAS CC TeleControlCenter
SICAM PAS Distributed
IEC 60870-5-104
IEC 60870-5-101 DNP V3.00
System
Timesignal
Full Server
DIP Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-101 DNP V3.00
Modbus/Profibus DP
Profibus FMS IEC 60870-5-103
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 11
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
High availability by Redundancy HMI Clients SICAM PAS Redundant
TeleControlCenter
System Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-104
HMI Servers
PAS Full Server
PAS Full Server Stationbus
IEC 61850 or Profibus FMS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 12
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
High flexibility through further interfaces
TeleControlCenter
TeleControlCenter
SICAM PAS
SICAM PAS CC
IT World
IEC 60870-5-104 TCP/IP
Timesignal
PAS Full Server Ethernet
OPC IEC 60870-5-101/DNP V3.00
SIMATIC SPS
Profibus FMS/IEC 60870-5-103
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 13
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Example 1: Star Configuration GPS-Antenna
PAS CC
Event List Printer
Engineering PC
Tele Control Center
PAS Full Server IEC 60870-5-101 Switch
Station - LAN IEC 61850; Ethernet 100Mbps Fiber optic double loop with redundancy function Switch
Switch IEC 61850 (RJ45)
IEC 61850 (RJ45)
... 7SJ6x Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 14
... 7SJ6x 7SJ6x
7SJ6x
7SJ6x 7SJ6x
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Example 2: FO Ring GPS-Antenna
PAS CC
Event List Printer
Engineering PC
Tele Control Center
PAS Full Server
IEC 60870-5-101 Switch
...
...
High Voltage
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 15
...
Medium Voltage
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Example 3: Redundancy GPS-Antenna
HMI Client
Engineering PC
HMI client
Event List Printer
Tele Control Center Time-Server Redundant HMI Server IEC 60870-5-101
Redundant PAS Full Server
...
...
High Voltage
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 16
...
Medium Voltage
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Example 4: FO Station LAN GPS-Antenna
HMI Client
Engineering PC
HMI client
Event List Printer
Tele Control Center Time-Server Redundant HMI Server IEC 60870-5-101
Redundant PAS Full Server
...
...
High Voltage
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 17
...
Medium Voltage
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Example 5: Station FO Ring NCC
Hardcopy printer
HMI
HMI
DCC
Engineering PC
Online printer Operator Log WAN
GPS WAN
Time-Server
HMI Server 1
Primary PAS Full Server
HMI Server 2
Secundary PAS Full Server
Gateway 1
IED-LAN IEC 61850; Ethernet 100Mbps
IED-LAN
...
Fiber optic double loop with redundancy function
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 18
Gateway 2
IEC 61850; Ethernet 100Mbps Fiber optic double loop with redundancy function
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
User friendly operation with SICAM PAS CC
Local visualisation, archiving and logging with SICAM PAS CC Clearly structured HMI display with SICAM PAS CC using windows technology Two stage switching Security against unauthorized switching Fast error detection and localisation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 19
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
The SICAM Station Unit
The SICAM Station Unit is a special computer with particular properties: Special Windows embedded standard 7 for SICAM Station Unit No fan no maintenance No battery no maintenance Redundant power supply
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 20
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
Power Quality System - PQS - in SICAM PAS V7
The goal is to increase the supply security by avoiding system outages through break down of power supply. What influences the power quality?
What can we measure?
Interruption surge
Flicker
Voltage dips
Harmonics
Voltage sags
Symmetry Voltage change
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 21
1. Introduction Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 2. System functions Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Scalability - Configuration
configuration for small applications PAS Full Server + PAS CC
up to 50 IEDs SICAM PAS and SICAM PAS CC together at the same computer (no PAS Station Unit) PC with high performance necessary
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 23
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Scalability – Configuration
Configuration for medium and large applications PAS CC
Up to 150 IEDs SICAM PAS (Station Unit) and SICAM PAS CC (HMI-PC) on separate hardware
PAS Full Server
The SICAM PAS – UI Configuration tool can also be optionally used on the SICAM PAS CC computer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 24
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Scalability - Configuration
Configuration for large and very large applications
PAS CC
SICAM PAS as a distributed system with one Full Server and up to 6 DIPs Full Server
Higher performance
DIP_1
e.g. 1x DIP for each voltage level Up to 250 IEDs (extendable to 350 IED with respect to certain conditions) TCP/IP - connection
DIP = Device Interface Processor Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 25
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Scalability - Configuration
One SICAM PAS CC for more stations or independent parts of substations
PAS CC
One Full Server for each part of the substation Full Server
Full Server
TCP/IP - connection
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 26
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Scalability - Configuration
HMI Client_1
HMI Server (aktiv)
Full Server (aktiv)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 27
HMI Client_2
One redundant SICAM PAS CC with several Clients for
one station
several stations
independent parts of substations
redundant PAS Full Server
HMI Server (standby)
Full Server (standby)
Redundant PAS CC Server
Client/Server
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Redundant Configuration Single channel IEDs via Modem Splitter Corporate Network TCP/IP
Control Center Redundant HMI
IEC 101 Full Server (primary)
Full Server (secundary) IEC 104 serial
Modem Splitter
serial
Station bus IEDs with IEC 61850
Profibus FMS IEDs with Profibus FMS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 28
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Licensing
License is moved from a memory stick to the harddisk of a PC by means of a special programm
SICAM PAS CC Software:
SICAM PAS Software: The customer can chose between several SICAM PAS basis packets
The optional software packets für e.g. several protocols are activated with a combination of license key and a dongle
DIGSI Software:
This software is activated with a license key Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 29
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Software: Basic packet and options All software components of SICAM PAS/PQS are available at the SICAM PAS/PQS-DVD. You can decide which components shall be activated by using the dongle and the related license cards.
SICAM PAS V7.0
SICAM PAS / PQS V7.0 Power Automation System Power Quality System
Answers for energy.
SIEMENS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 30
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Software: Basic packet and Options SICAM PAS basic packet +
tion 0 Op 6185 IEC
io Opt PQS
n
System can grow with growing requirements
PAS Option
basis
Customer pays only what he really needs
pac ket
io n Opt 103 IEC
M A C SI
required options
AutomatisieIEC PAS IEC OPC 61850 PQS 103 101 IEC104 rung
i on Opt PC O IEC
tion ation p O om t Au
i on Opt 01 1 IEC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 31
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Which SICAM PAS Basic packets are available?
Full Server
Basic packet - configurations
upgrades
medium
large
small medium medium large
Config
medium
large
medium large
RT&Config
medium
large
medium large
Runtime
Small:
small
up to 4 IEDs
Medium: up to 15 IEDs (data points unlimited) or up to 2000 data points (IEDs unlimited) Large:
unlimited
DIP Runtime RT&Config Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 32
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Optional function packets
TeleControlCenter
Licenses for connection of Tele Control Centers
IEC 61850 Server IEC 60870-5-101 Slave IEC 60870-5-104 Slave DNP V3.00 TG 8979 CDT Modbus Slave
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 33
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Optional function packets
TeleControlCenter
Licenses for connection of field devices
IEC 61850 Client IEC 60870-5-101 Master IEC 60870-5-103 Master IEC 60870-5-104 Master DNP V3.00 Master Profibus FMS Master Profibus DP Master Modbus Master SINAUT LSA ILSA Master
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 34
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Optional function packets
TeleControlCenter
•
License for data encryption
•
Licenses for open communication
•
Secure Communication
OPC (COM/DCOM) Client OPC XML DA Server
License for logic processing
Automation
& ≥1 &
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 35
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Optional function packets TeleControlCenter
Licenses for Power Quality applications
IEC 61850 Client Monitoring IEC 60870-5-103 Master Monitoring SIMEAS Q80 Master PDR recorder SIMEAS R Master PQS Scheduled Reporting PQS Grid Code Evaluation PQS Automatic Fault Locator PQS Automatic COMTRADE Import PQS Automatic PQDIF Import
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 36
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Services in IEDs and SICAM PAS Time synchronization
61850 Client
61850 Server
61850 Server
61850 Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 37
Control Select before Operate (SBO) with extended safety all commands to high voltage devices Direct Control with normal safety all other commands Information Report all information in monitoring direction to PAS GOOSE Inter device communication interlocking, blocking etc. File Transfer Alarm lists, Event lists Transmission of fault records Time Synchronisation
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication Option : IEC 60870-5-101 Master
Operating modes • Balanced • Unbalanced (up to 16 RTUs)
IEC 60870-5-101 Master
PAS CC
Dialing traffic (IAWD; analog, ISDN, GSM) • Operating modes • Unbalanced ( miniRTU) • Balanced
SICAM PAS
Modem
Modem RTU
Recommended modems: Company INSYS
Public telephone
• Backup- Modem possible
Serial interface see IEC 60870-5-103
Modem
Modem
RTU
RTU Recommendation: max. 8 substations per ‘PAS-Modem’
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 38
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication - Option: IEC 60870-5-103
Protection devices of several provider use this normed IEC protocol and can be connected to SICAM PAS via the serial interface Connectable devices e.g. SIPROTEC, SIMEAS T, voltage regulators (Eberle, Reinhausen)
IEC 60870-5103
Alternatively serial hubs can be used. So, the serial connetion can be decentralized connected via the ethernet-LAN
Interface expansion with COM-Expander
PAS Server
Ethernet TCP/IP Serial Hub RS485, RS232 COM Expander
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 39
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication - Option: PROFIBUS FMS
Up to 2 x CP5613 per Station Unit Up to 30 IEDs (each with 100 Information) per CP5613 Profibus-components from A&D, e.g. OLM
RS485-Single bus
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 40
FO- Single ring
Profibus FMS
FO-Double ring
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication - Option: OPC-Client (based on COM/DCOM)
Data exchange and communication with OPC Server using the OPC Client The communication partner OPC Server can be located on the same PC or on another PC connected with TCP/IP (Ethernet) The open communication can especially be used for the data exchange with automation devices e.g. SIMATIC Example: A SIMATIC S7-400 is connected to a SICAM PAS Station Unit through a CP1613 and via the Ethernet. The communication used between the S7-400 and the CP1613 is the S7 protocol. An OPC server for the CP1613 card is available from SIMATIC. In this way data can be exchanged with the SICAM PAS OPC Client. SICAM PAS
S7-400
SICAM PAS SIMATIC
OPC OPC Client
OPC Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 41
OPC Client
CP 1 6 1 3
Ethernet, S7-Protocol
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication - Option: OPC-XML-Server
OPC XML-DA Server is a protocol for SICAM PAS. The Microsoft IIS-Server is used as a OPC XML-DA Web-Server for OPC XMLDA. The data OPC exchange between SICAM PAS and any OPC XML Server Control Center OPC XML-DA Client XML-DA Client works with the OPC XML-DA Server. OPC XML-DA Server and OPC XML-DA Client are LAN, WAN / installed on different PCs, the communication of the Internet OPC XML-DA Servers with SICAM PAS works via TCP/IP. This open communication is applicable for data SICAM PAS exchange between SICAM PAS and other systems IIS Microsoft Webserver based on Microsoft Windows as well as LINUX or other operating systems. OPC XML-DA The OPC XML-DA Server allows the data exchange of Server structured data via the internet with XML (eXtendensible Markup Language). With the OPC XML-DA Server the OPC XML-DA Client can setContent protocol parameters and can read and write all Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 42 Siemens Power Academy TD settings which are mapped from SICAM PAS UI to OPC
Automation
There are 4 different editors: CFC – Continuous Function Chart Graphical configuration, simple rules, easy to learn ST – Structured Text A real programming language, like PASCAL, more flexible, for programmers SFC – Sequential Function Chart Step oriented, includes ST code, mainly for switching sequences IL – Instruction List For users coming from industrial automation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 43
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Automation – CFC Block Library CFC function blocks for typical substation automation tasks are available Command processing (Command execution and Command derivation) Signal processing Signal derivation Signal filtering Signal inversion and conversion Grouping of signals into one Transformer taps- and bit pattern comparison Interlocking
Measured- and counter value processing Non linear conversion Limit value monitoring Drag hand Calculation of averages Blocks for arithmetic and comparisons
Switching sequences Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 44
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Time synchronization Use of a „time-synchronization module“ in the SICAM PAS computer e.g. Hopf card (DCF77 or GPS) The SICAM PAS takes over the time synchronization for the connected devices (if the communication protocol supports) and for the HMI PC connected via Ethernet (SICAM SCC) SCC DCF / GPS Antenna
Ethernet (TCP/IP)
IEC 61850 Profibus FMS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 45
T101 T103
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Time synchronization A separate time master can especially be used in configurations with an Ethernet station bus (IEC 61850). This is an SNTP-Server (Simple Network Time Protocol), which synchronizes all connected devices (SNTP-Clients), incl. the SICAM Station Unit The SICAM PAS is the time master for all other devices not connected to LAN
Antenna
SCC
IEC 61850 Ethernet (TCP/IP) T101
Profibus FMS T103
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 46
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Time synchronization Even time synchronization from Tele Control Center (e.g. via IEC101 telegrams) is supported. Because the accuracy is worse this mode is usually used as a „Backup“ only, if time receiver was disturbed.
TeleControlCenter
IEC 101
SCC
IEC 61850 Ethernet (TCP/IP) T101
Profibus FMS
SICAM PAS supports several time masters and selects always the one with the best time quality.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 47
T103
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Bay Blocking In case of maintenance works in the switchgear it may be useful not to display the messages caused by the works in the event and alarm list of the local HMI and remote control center as well. Bay blocking woks device specific. The image of the field device appears like „frozen“ for all users. All messages are put into a virtual waste basket. Commands are suppressed. Local Control Station SICAM SCC
TeleControlCenter Bay Blocking
Mr. Maintenance Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 48
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Telecontrol Blocking Telecontrol blocking works in the same way as Bay blocking. As the name already says only the Telecontrol interface is blocked, but not the interface of the Local Control Station SCC. Local Control Station SICAM SCC
TeleControlCenter Telecontrol Blocking
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 49
Mr. Maintenance Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Switching Authority
Substations can be monitored and controlled not only by one telecontrol center. There can be several TCCs or even more local HMIs.
For security reasons only one control station should have the switching authority. All other control stations are not able to control anything (but they still receive data)
SICAM PAS has a logical „torque switch“ which allows to define which control station shall get the switching authority.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 50
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Switching Authority Example without switching authority NCC
Example with switching authority for HMI 1
RCC
NCC
RCC
Local HMI 1
2
Local HMI 1
1
3 4
1 2 5
2 3 4
3
1 2 5
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
3 Local HMI 2
Local HMI 2
F02_Page 51
1
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Fault recording with SICAM PQS SICAM PQ Collector automatically transmits the fault records from the SICAM Station Units to a higher level PQ archive. With the Incident Explorer you can easily administer the fault record files. Comtrade Viewer allows an analysis of the fault records.
Fault record archive in the PQ PC Ethernet TCP/IP Full Server
Fault record archive in the SICAM PAS PC
DIP_1
Fault record
Fault record
Profibus FMS
IEC 61850
Fault record
Fault record
Overcurrent Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 52
T103
Short circuit Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Which Devices do we usually use?
SIMEAS Q80 Power Quality Recorder to analyse the Net quality according to EN50160
SIMEAS R Fault Recorder, Power Quality Recorder and Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) according to IEEE C37.118
Protection Relays Provide Fault Records in pre-defined formats
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 53
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
PQ Inspector Simple time related overview of PQ status of pre-defined groups of measurands Creating Reports PQ Explorer PQ Trend Diagram
GridCode Viewer Limit Violation/PQ-Index
Report Browser Report overview
● Incident Explorer Replacing RECPRO – Display of PQ Archive -- PDR (PostDisturbanceRecorder)
PQ Archive
● PQ-Events ● Fault Records ● Reports ● Topology
SICAM PQS
SICAM PQ Analyzer
SICAM PQS – Functional Overview
Config&RT: Automatic Fault Locating & Export Automatic Grid Code Evaluation Scheduled PQ Reports Automatic Import of Comtrade Automatic Import of PQDIF
PQDIF
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 54
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample of Distributed System
PQ Analyzer Clients
Archiving PC with Collector-Archive Full Server with Source Archive
PQ devices, Fault Recorder
Protection Relays Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 55
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration with SIMEAS R PAR
SIMEAS R PAR is part of PAS-PQS installation. Creating a SIMEAS R, the tool opens automatically
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 56
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
SIMEAS Q80 Manager SIMEAS Q80 Manager is a comprehensive Software tool for parameterisation, broad evaluation and analysis. It provides the evaluation and analysis of more than 500 data sets from Power Quality Recorder SIMEAS Q80. SIMEAS Q80 Manager is an independent Software package and has to be installed additionally to SICAM PAS PQS, if Q80 is to be used. It can be opened from SICAM PAS UI Configuration tool.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 57
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Incident Explorer
View to content of PQ Archive: Fault Records , Fault Location Reports, PDR Records, PQ Reports, Manual Fault Locating. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 58
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Incident Explorer
Comtradeviewer as standard tool SIGRA also possible Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 59
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
PQ Explorer
Shows all data of PQ Archive including exported data. Measuring data is displayed in a time axis diagram. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 60
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Grid Code Viewer
Shows diagrams and settings of the individual Grid Codes (Standard or customer specific) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 61
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Report Browser
Shows an overview with all automatically created reports with time ranges and the evaluation of the results. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 62
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Report Browser
The reports can directly be opened with the Report Browser Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 63
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
PQ Inspector
“Select Time Range” shows condensed group of measurement points for this configuration and leads through analysis of faults Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 64
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
PQ-Inspector
“Select Diagram” allows definition and configuration of PQ reports with the appropriate diagrams Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 65
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
PQ-Inspector
“Finalise Report” allows to create manual reports Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 66
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Hardware and System requirements for SICAM PAS Operating systems • • • • • •
Windows XP professional SP3 Windows 2003 Server Windows 7 Professional (only with the design Windows – classic) Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (32-Bit) without Hyper-V Windows XP embedded Windows Embedded Standard
System requirements • • • •
Recommendation
Intel Pentium Celeron 1,86 GHz Min 2 GB RAM 2 GB HD capacity Grafic-card SVGA (16 MB)1024 x 768
Intel Core 2 Duo 3 GHz 4 GB RAM 100 GB for PQS archive SXGA (32MB) 1280 x 1024
• DVD-device, monitor, mouse keyboard, USB-Port for Dongle, LAN interface Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 67
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Where are the limits of SICAM PAS?
Master info
Slave Info
IEDs
ingress data points (mainly from IEDs)
degress data points (mainly to HMI and SCADA)
1 Full Server with 1 core or 2 core processor
150
10.000
20.000
1 FS (4core processor)
180
10.000
20.000
1FS (1core processor) and 1DIP
250
10.000
20.000
1 FS (4core processor) and 5 DIPs
350
20.000
40.000
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 68
Content Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 3. System components Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
SICAM PAS Station Unit
Station Unit 6MD9101 • •
Extended temperature range Operating state: -10 to +55°C Storing: -40 to +80°C No rotating parts (excepted RAID Option), no fan maintenance free
Operating system (Windows Embedded Standard) tailorized for the requirements of SICAM PAS software and optimized Redundant power supply modules allow high reliability and avialability Design: • with / without PCI-Bridge (for 4 standard-PCI-cards) • Optional COM-expander-cards with 8 interfaces • Optional 2 I/O cards each with 32 digital in- or outputs Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 70
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Station Unit
3 CPU – Typen available Single Core CPU – The Classic Version Applicable for use of older SICAM PAS versions 2 GByte RAM, 2x4 GByte CF-cards Dual Core CPU Best performance for SICAM PAS 2 GByte RAM, 2x4 GByte CF Cards approx. 2 x faster than the classic version Dual Core CPU RAID Recommended platform for Power Quality applications (SICAM PQS) 4 GByte RAM, 2 x 4 GByte CF Cards 2 x 100GB HDD-based RAID-Level 1 System for secure saving of archive data Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 71
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Station Unit 6MD9101
Power Supply Control Module
Power Supply DC 24-60V AC/DC 110V to 230V Redundancy possible Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 72
2x internal USB 4x external USB
Optional: 4 PCI – Slots
1x RS232
2x LAN
CPU
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Modem Splitter
IEC 101 IEC 103 DNP 3 Modbus Tx
“primary Full Server”
“secundary Full Server”
Rx GND
serial Tx
Rx GND
serial Modem Splitter
Tx Rx GND
With the modem splitter both servers can „see“ the actual image of the field device But only the active server can send commands
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 73
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Modem Splitter
Modem splitter panel
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 74
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
NTP-time synchronization with SICLOCK
GPS Signal 1,574 GHz Power supply module RS232 interface
TTY 20 mA interface
Ethernet NTP Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 75
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
NTP - time synchronization – external time masters Especially for configurations with ethernet (IEC 61850) a separate time master can be used via NTP-server (Network Time Protocol). Synchronizes all connected devices (NTP-Clients)
Siemens SICLOCK TC 400 Front view
Bottom view
The SICLOCK TC400 is the follow-up model of TM/TS.
Meinberg LANTime GPS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 76
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Time receiver from Hopf FG6039 GPS or FG6039 DCF77
FG6844
PCI cards for GPS or DCF77 For time synchronization of SICAM Station Unit, the connected IEDs and connected HMI-PCs (SICAM SCC)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 77
Europe-card With LCD display and keypad configurable completely Is used in wall-, table housing or 19”-racks
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Operator Desk / Engineering PCs
Industrial Rack PC SIMATIC rack PC 847B
19”-rack platform High performance under harshest conditions Up to 4 Gbyte main memory Integrated security function (watchdog, temperature and fan control) Server PC in a SICAM PAS CC Client/Server – HMI System Operator desk in a SICAM PAS CC Single user system
CELSIUS Workstation Type V series
Max 64 GB main memory Client PC in a SICAM PAS CC Client/Server – HMI System Operator desk in a SICAM PAS CC Single user system Engineering Desk
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 78
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Com-Expander: Comtrol Rocket Port
Additional COM Interfaces RS232: 4, 8, 16, 32 max. 2 Rocket Ports each with 32 Ports PCI-card for PC
Com-Ports with RJ45 Jacks Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 79
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Serial Modem 7XV5655
Decentral serial connection via ethernet-LAN 1 serial port RS232 or RS485 adjustable via DIP switch 1 FO interface with ST connector Power supply 24 – 250V DC and 110/230V AC Configuration software “ipEther” Ethernet TCP/IP
Serial modem
RS485 or RS232
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 80
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens converter – mini star coupler
Converter 7XV5650 Establishes an optical connection between star coupler and electrical field device Supports RS485 bus structure
Mini star coupler 7XV5450 1 opt. input and max. 4 opt. outputs Max. 1.5 km (62.5/125 µm) cascadable with several mini star couplers
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 81
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens converter – Mini star coupler
DIGSI
RS-232
Mini star coupler FO
RS485 – FOConverter RS-485
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 82
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication with IEC 61850
The communication standard for the station bus based on ethernet We recommend ethernet compnents from RuggedCom, Hirschmann oder Siemens
62,5µ or 50µ fiber
TP
TP
No redundancy Cost optimized
100 Mbit/s redundant switched ethernet loop Field devices with electrical communication modules
100 Mbit/s redundant switched ethernet loop Field devices with optical communication modules
TP
TP
Cu Twisted Pair (TP) Shielded cable max. 20m
TP
a sm
v um i d e ll m
ol
s ion t a st sub e g ta
cubicle
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 83
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC Communication Modules
Ethernet-Modul EN 100
electrical with RJ45-jacks
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 84
Optical with Duplex-LC interfaces
Duplex-LC MultiMode connector
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
RUGGEDCOM Ethernet Switch RS900
Complies with IEC61850 requirements Rail mounting Output relay Fan free operation
Power Supply: 24/48VDC 88-300VDC 85-264VAC Failsafe output relay 220VDC/250VAC
Ports: 6 – 9 (up to 3 optical) 10/100 MBits/s CAT-5 standard RJ45 connectors LC, SC, ST, MTRJ
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 85
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
RUGGEDCOM Ethernet Switch RS8000
Operating Temperature: -40°C to +85°C Optical Tranceivers multimode singlemode Failsafe output relay 220VDC/250VAC
8 Ports: RJ45 connectors LC, SC, ST, MTRJ
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 86
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
RUGGEDCOM Ethernet Switch RSG2100
Cu Shielded Pair max. 20m
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 87
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Hirschmann Switches
MACH1000 - Series
RSR - Series
• Switch Ports Robust Fast-/Gigabit• Technology Ethernet switches for top hat rail assembly • Media
2 x GE 24 x FE (free configurable)
19"-Switches for Fast-/GigabitEthernet applications and assembli in cubicles
Fast/Gigabit-Ethernet Multimode, single mode, long-haul, GE-SFP, FE-SFP, PoE (future)
• Connectors
ST, SC, LC, RJ45, MTRJ
• Temperature
0°to +60°C -40°to +85°C
• Power supply 24/36/48VDC (18-60)V 125/250VDC (80-320)V and 110/230VAC (85-264)V
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 88
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Scalance - Switches
X200, X300 and X400 Serie Redundant power supply SNMP capable SNTP capable Supports RSTP
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 89
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Modems
INSYS Modem for ISDN and GSM IEC 60870-5-101 supports the Dial-up traffic IAWD ISDN GSM Analog
Operating modes Unbalanced ( Use of SICAM miniRTU) Balanced
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 90
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
I/O-Box 6MD61 Applications: IO-Expander for 6MD66 (up to 80 BI+53 BO) IO-Expander for all SIPROTEC protection devices Central process connection for SICAM PAS Advantages: Cost optimized because use of available technology Support of the protocols IEC61850 IEC60870-5-103 Profibus FMS/DP Flexible mounting possibilities (no Operator Keyboard, no Display) Simple system configuration (no CFC) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 91
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Bay Controller 6MD66
Field Device for High Voltage max. 65 BI, 45 BO Configurable measurement functions Synchrocheck function Communication via ethernet IEC61850 possible Peer-to-Peer communication: GOOSE or Inter Device Communication (IDC) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 92
Communication Protocols: Profibus FMS IEC60870-5-103 Profibus DP IEC 61850
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Transformer Regulators
TAPCON 260 REG-DA
REINHAUSEN
Both Regulators are available with IEC61850 Interface
REG-D
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 93
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM 1703 device series – TM 1703 mic
High
Low Compact Compact Remote Remote Terminal Terminal Unit Unit (RTU) (RTU)
TM 1703 mic
Universal system, applicable for electrical substations, at the object protection and for alarm transmitter Communication via IEC 60870-5-101/104 Easy engineering via web browser, no special tools or licenses necessary Engineering also possible with TOOLBOX II
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 94
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM 1703 device series – TM 1703 ACP
High
Low
Processing Processing from from aa small small up up to to aa medium medium number number of of data data points points
TM 1703 ACP
Automation with integrated telecontrol techniqe Communication according IEC 60870-5-101/103/104, IEC 61850 as well as Profibus DP and a large number of other protocols Easy engineering by creating of measuring and control functionality according IEC 61131-3
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 95
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM 1703 device series – BC 1703 ACP
High
Low BC 1703 ACP
Field Field Device, Device, protection protection integrated integrated
Supports applications as gateway and subnodes, e.g. for communication with older protection devices with IEC 103 to a modern stion bus with IEC 61850 Applicable for medium voltage up to highest voltage Up to 500 I/O signals
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 96
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM 1703 device series – AK 1703 ACP
High
Low
AK 1703 ACP
RTU RTU from from aa medium medium up up to to aa large large number number of of data data points points
Can be used as a central device or as a substation Automation unit available Up to 66 serial interfaces für local and remote communication Large number of protocols available
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 97
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 4. Software installation Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Starting Setup.exe
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 99
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Chose Branding
The selection PAS or PQS will install exactly the same components, the difference is just the „Branding“
Standard path Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 100
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Complete or Customized
Custom offer to un-select single components. However, the full installation would usually be preferred.
Standard path Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 101
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Destination Folder
The standard installation path should only be changed, if there are certain reasons for, e.g. some types of the SICAM Station Unit require other paths.
Standard path Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 102
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Demo or Licensed
Demo means without a dongle, provides the full functionality of the system, but limits the Runtime System to 3 hours. After that, the RT can be restarted again (for the next 3 hours).
Full Server or DIP functionality is a matter of installation, not a matter of hardware.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 103
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Now the real installation starts
The first part is not SICAM PAS itself, but the prerequisites, which is mainly the DotNet Framework 3.5 client
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 104
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Installation of PAS component First part finished successfully, now the SICAM PAS itself is being installed
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 105
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Installation finished - Restart
Log-Files will be written into this path, if errors occurred during installation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 106
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
After Re-Boot
A window may pop up after having re-booted the computer, if there was more than one ethernet-adapter. The adapter, which is to be used with SICAM PAS, has to be added to the medium window pane.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 107
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Paths
All software is split up into 5 paths. One reason is the ability also to install the package without having admin rights. •C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Siemens Energy\SICAM PAS PQS (includes e.g. Database Dir) •C:\Program Files\Siemens Energy\SICAM\PAS PQS (includes e.g. bin, binui Dir) •C:\Program Files\Common Files\Siemens\Energy (includes e.g. ntp.exe Files) •C:\Siemens\Energy\SySrv (includes e.g. System Services) •C:\Documents and Settings\[UserAccount]\Local Settings\Application Data\Siemens Energy\SICAM PAS PQS (includes the Session Management) If SICAM PAS should once be de-installed completely, use the “Add/Remove Programs” window, and afterwards delete these 5 paths manually.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 108
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 5. Licensing Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Licensing
The license file is to be moved by a special program from a memory stick to the hard disk of the PC.
SICAM SCC software:
SICAM PAS software: You can choose between several SICAM PAS basic packets
The optional software packets for e.g. several protocols are to be activated by a password (from a license card) in combination with the related dongle.
DIGSI software:
The license key (password) is to be entered during software installation. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 110
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Dongle and passwords In order to run SICAM PAS you need a dongle and password cards. The dongle is to be plugged to a USB-port of the PC (or SICAM Station Unit). Together with the dongle you get password cards with all services (protocols) which you purchased. Later, to add another service, you just need another password card
License Card for Runtime
License Card for Configuration
License Card for IEC 61850
......
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 111
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
How to open the Feature Enabler
The Feature Enabler releases those applications, which we want to run on the PAS computer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 112
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Feature Enabler
Depending of the usage of the PAS PCs at least the configuration license and/or the runtime license should be entered. Almost all other applications are communication services and depend on the desired functionality.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 113
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
How to install passwords
To enable a certain application, a password has to be entered. A unique password list comes along with the Dongle.
The installation just takes a few seconds. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 114
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Parameterization without configuration license
Even if you have no configuration license but a runtime license you can do some (limited)parameterization in the UI-Configuration tool. You can add new applications, mainly für PQS applications. In this case IEC 103 and IEC61850 protocols belong to these applications.
With all the other applications you can: not connect new devices or interfaces not delete devices or interfaces aber alle anderen change parameters add new information
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 115
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Parameterization without configuration license Even if you would have no Configuration License but a Runtime License you can perform some (restricted) changes in the UI-Configuration tool:
You can: add some applications (restricted) add new messages change parameters
You cannot: add new devices or interfaces delete devices or interfaces
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 116
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
License models SICAM PAS PQS can run in two modes: Demo version (no dongle) With the demo version you can run SICAM PAS/PQS as a Full Server (no DIPs). After 3 hours all protocol drivers and the central server stop. The configuration manager will still be running. After restarting the SICAM PAS runs for the next 3 hours and so on. Restrictions: Projects you have configured in demo version cannot work in the licensed version. You cannot run SICAM PAS/PQS as a distributed system (Full Server – DIP) You can save only one fault record and power quality data for one day in the archive.
Licensed version (with dongle) With the licensed version SICAM PAS/PQS can run as Full Server or as DIP(s) Restrictions : You can only use services which you have purchased and activated in the Feature Enabler
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 117
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
License keys
Licenses for SICAM PAS basis packets Licenses for PQS Licenses for communication from/to IEDs Licenses for communication from/to tele control center Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 118
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Which SICAM PAS Basic packets are available?
Full Server
Basic packet - configurations
upgrades
medium
large
small medium medium large
Config
medium
large
medium large
RT&Config
medium
large
medium large
Runtime
Small:
small
up to 4 IEDs
Medium: up to 15 IEDs (data points unlimited) or up to 2000 data points (IEDs unlimited) Large:
unlimited
DIP Runtime RT&Config Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 119
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 6. UI User Interface Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
UI - User Interface - 3 Tools
The SICAM PAS User Interface consists of three independent programs SICAM PAS UI – Configuration This program is used for parameterization of the project specific applications SICAM PAS UI – Operation Here the user gets an overview of the situation of the applications, interfaces and device connections. SICAM PAS Value Viewer The program is the tool for engineering, commissioning and operation. It permits both the visualisation of the process - and system status and the command execution for test purposes.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 121
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Highlights
Clearness through structured user interface Data exchange through Import- and Export functions Sort and filter functions increase the comfort Graphical engineering of automation functions Online plausibility check Context sensitive online help
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 122
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS UI Configuration
If the owner uses passwords for each user, here you could see the login name Here you can see the license size (Medium, Large)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 123
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration To configure… Applications (IED-Protocols, control centres, HMI, automation, OPC) Interfaces (serial interfaces, Ethernet, Profibus DP) Devices (Bay units and protection devices, tap changers, power meters)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 124
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping
• Here we decide, which information is to be used • And also the telecontrol addresses, list assignment and protocol specific parameters are defined for interfaces to higher level control centres
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 125
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Topology
While ”Configuration" shows a technically oriented view of the system, the “Topology” displays a process oriented view of the station a project specific, structured station topology arises. Information levels can be defined Station Voltage level Bay
Also user defined levels can be created.
Information is to be assigned to the created levels by drag & drop.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 126
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Templates Based on templates device and project specific device descriptions and templates for normalisation can be defined. In terms of consideration of typical names of information can be defined project specific define feedback indications to commands
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 127
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Tabs for PQ
Reports In this viewyou can configure templates for reports which will be generated cyclic. The templates contain selected measurement values which are used for evaluation of the network quality. The report templates are created as a txt file and imported into the SICAM PAS/PQS. Point of time and cycle when the report shall be created can be adjusted in the report template. Grid Code Here you can define the thresholds which the grid has to keep. These Grid Codes are the basis for the evaluation of the PQ measuerement data quality of the system.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 128
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration Data Exchange The project specific defined amount of information of a device can be imported for the most important protocols. All in the SCD comprised devices are automatically imported
SICAM Substations Export of T101parameter data XMLExport file SICAM plusTOOLS > V4.0 SICAM - SAS - RTU, eRTU - miniRTU
Migration SINAUT LSA
Protection devices / Bay Controllers
Export of ILSA-
Export of T103parameter data
parameter data
DBaseExport file DIGSI 4
XMLExport file
LSA Converter
Protection devices / Bay Controllers
Protection devices / Bay Controllers
Export of Profibus FMSparameter data
Export of IEC 61850 parameter data
XMLExport file DIGSI 4
SCD- File XML-Export file DIGSI 4
LSA 678 and SINAUT LSA SIPROTEC 4
SICAM PCC, SICAM PAS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 129
SICAM PAS
Import of engineering data - IEC 61850 - Profibus FMS - IEC 60870-5-103 - IEC 60870-5-101 - LSA parameter file
Data exchange shortens duration and avoids typing errors
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4 and 3rd party devices
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration Data Exchange
User friendly Imported data can be updated later, e.g. after modifications
Control centre interface
For the connection to higher level control centers (e.g. Spectrum Power CC) engineering data can be exported to XML files for the protocols IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-104
SPECTRUM Power CC Import von Projektierungsdaten - IEC 60870-5-101 - IEC 60870-5-104 SICAM PAS CC SICAM PAS
Export Von Projektierungsdaten -IEC 60870-5-101 -IEC 60870-5-104
XMLExportDatei
Interface to SICAM PAS CC The information required in local visualisation SICAM PAS CC can be exported, and afterwards imported with the SICAM Wizard.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 130
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration Data Exchange
OPC Client The OPC-server publishes data online. I.e. there is no export file, but the running server has to be connected to the network of the configuration computer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 131
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Additional Features
User defined user interface layout The individual elements (operator menu, window, …) of the user interface can be arranged user specific. not required columns can be removed. Remaining of the last status The user specific arrangement remains unchanged after a restart of the computer. After program restart the user is in exactly that view, in which he has left. Sort and filter function In all tables Up- and downwards sorting in all columns Pre- or user-defined filters Online help A context sensitive online support for all engineering topics Switching between the languages German and English
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 132
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Plausibility of Data
The plausibility of the data input is immediately checked, faulty entries are visualised. In the configuration view a short help text is displayed and a corresponding note is displayed directly in case of missing inputs. Faulty cells or lines are immediately marked red colour. A tool tip helps to correct.
Die Werte dieser Spalte müssen eindeutig sein!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 133
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Automation
To configure logic functions we have 4 different editors… CFC – Continuous Function Chart Graphical configuration, simple rules, easy to learn ST – Structured Text A real programming language, like PASCAL, more flexible, for programmers SFC – Sequential Function Chart Step oriented, includes ST code, mainly for switching sequences IL – Instruction List For users coming from industrial automation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 134
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Automation with CFC
CFC is used for the realisation of automation functions. The CFC allows the graphical connection of function blocks. A large library of system tested function blocks is available for the substation automation. Plan in plan technology increases the clarity of the function plans. Simple engineering rules make the definition and interpretations of function plans easier. (Flow of sequence of the plans from top to down and afterwards from left to the right) Mapping of information to be in the automation is made in the mapping view table Information, which is to be OR grouped, can be assigned in the mapping table
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 135
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS UI Operation
The user gets an overview about the status of his runtime environment The Tree view offers a fast view of the status of the components (application, interface, devices) by using different symbols and colours. Furthermore each of the components can be started and stopped individually in the right hand side window pane.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 136
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS Value Viewer The SICAM PAS Value Viewer is an important tool for engineering, testing, commissioning and operation. It allows the visualization of the process and system information without additional engineering and provides information about current status and quality.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 137
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 7. Starting project Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Our desired configuration
PAS Full Server
RTU
IEC 101
COM-Port1 IEC101 Master interface
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 139
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening the Feature Enabler
With the Feature Enabler we have to enable the applications we wish to use in our project
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 140
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Feature Enabler
Configuration and Runtime features are always necessary to configure a new PAS project!
The options are always project specific.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 141
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering key codes
To enable a certain application, a password has to be entered. The unique password list comes together with your dongle.
The installation (it is just the password to be installed) just takes a second.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 142
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening the Parameterization Tool
UI-Configuration is the parameterization tool for SICAM PAS system. All the information to be processed, all the communication interfaces and all IEDs have to be defined here.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 143
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration Window
Current view
tree view
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 144
properties
Help Information
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating a Full Server Computer
System = Computer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 145
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Computer Settings
The IP-Address is entered automatically. The available COM ports are found after pressing Search. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 146
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating an IEC101-Master to connect the RTU
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 147
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating an interface
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 148
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Importing the RTU file
A device can either be created through a template or through an import function
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 149
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Importing a file
After a verification, which is reported, another selection window occurs to select the desired device
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 150
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Device parameters
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 151
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping shows the Information Volume
Imported messages appear in Mapping
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 152
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Selecting desired messages
Ticking USE means to make a message available for further processing, i.e. to send to an HMI-system, to send to a telecontrol center, to process in logic functions etc. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 153
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
How to select a group of messages Filter
Example: We are going to disable all commands with the address 99999999 1. Open drop-down-menu in Telegram Address column and select 99999999. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 154
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
How to select a group Filter
2. 3. 4. 5.
Select the headline “Use” to mark the whole column (blue colour) Move the mouse pointer into the blue marked area Press the right-hand mouse button to select “No” Disable the filter
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 155
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
No saving necessary
This finishes the first part of the parameterization. There is no save-button, because all the entries are directly written into the data base. The configured PAS system should now be able to run. If we connected the RTU the communication should work.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 156
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 8. UI Operation Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Starting UI-Operation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 158
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
UI-Operation window
The Operation window displays all the components we defined in UI-Configuration, but this is an online-view The user easily recognises the current state of SICAM PAS and the connected devices
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 159
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Activate Changes
If settings were changed in UI-Configuration (new application, changing parameters, etc.), we have to activate these changes in UI-Operation. If parameters of a CFE component were modified in UI Configuration, e.g. Baudrate of an interface, changes have to be taken over into the Runtime system by Activate Changes. If a Non-CFE-component modified, changes have to be activated by Stopping and Re-Starting the application
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 160
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Updating the System
For the first time we have to update the system to get it running On every update, a Report window logs each single step
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 161
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
The Update buttons
If, in an existing service, an additional component was added or changed, the view must be updated. The Runtime will not be stopped. If new applications were inserted, it is necessary to update and restart the runtime system
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 162
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Symbols in the tree view
Full Server is running IEC101-Master is running IEC104-Slave was stopped Interface is not valid
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 163
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of symbols
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 164
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of symbols
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 165
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Operation - functions
Each level shows the current state and can manually be started or stopped
The IED level additionally contains buttons for General Interrogations as well as for Bay-Blocking and Telecontrol-Blocking Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 166
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Operation - functions
all sublevels are included
With the context menu we also can start or stop including all the sublevels Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 167
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting of the 101-Master
After starting all, the levels turn to Pending-Up state which means it is trying to start, but did not yet succeed because there is no answer from the RTU.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 168
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Startup completed
After a few seconds all the levels have started and are running now Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 169
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Important Notes
The runtime system is widely independent from the UI-Operation Tool
I.e. even if you close UI-Operation, PAS system keeps on running
Even after shutting down and restarting the computer, the runtime system will automatically start
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 170
8. UI Operation Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 9. Value Viewer Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
What is a Value Viewer for?
The Value Viewer displays information components online in form of a table •Every line represents an information point, e.g. SP, DP, ME_FL, IT... •Various components are displayed in columns, e.g. Value, Cause, Validity
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 172
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening the Value Viewer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 173
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
List of all Information
The selection of the top level would display all information in the entire substation Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 174
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Important columns
Time Stamp: Time of last acquisition Time Stamp Status: Valid=Time from PAS, Process=from processing device Time Stamp Quality: Quality regarding time sync (Low, medium, high) Value Path: Path from configuration (not from Topology) Value Name: Information name Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 175
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Important columns
Value: current value (Off, on, raised, cleared...) Initiator Category: Source of information (Local, remote, automatic...) Cause of Transmission: Reason why a message occurred Validity: Message can be invalid, if device was faulty or switched off Additional cause: i.e. interlocking, switching current check, control authority violation, set=actual, chatter blocking, upper or lowwer limit,... Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 176
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Important columns
Type of Value: Data type, e.g. SP, DT IT, ME_FL COV Sequence Number: especially supported for transient messages (fleeting points) Identification Number: e.g. fault record number
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 177
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
The properties of a message
The properties pane is for manual data modification for test purposes Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 178
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Properties page in detail
Here we can watch or modify information: Entering a 2, we initialize a change from Open to Closed. To activate simulation, click on button Transmit Write access to the database is to be authorized since version 6. The standard password is 000000. As this message is originally a binary input, it will change back after a while due to the cyclic interrogation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 179
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Control function
We can also control commands: After selecting a command, we can enter the control value. Control must be checked.
Transmit now initiates the command Password entry just like before
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 180
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Testing data
The Value Viewer allows us to test all information without using an HMI system or telecontrol interface. We even can simulate certain messages or values, which usually may not appear. The control function allows us to control any command. Be careful with the Value Viewer on a hot substation !!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 181
9. Value Viewer Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 10. Telecommunication with IEC 60870-5-101 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Tele-Communication – What´s that? Control Center
Transfer of the actual process information (monitoring direction) and control of the equipment (control direction). Communication via different types of media with standard (IEC) telecontrol protocols
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 183
Telecontrol Channel
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
What do we need for?
RTU
Data Transmission Unit
Data Transmission Unit
Control Center
Telecontrol Channel
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 184
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Which types of data transfer units are available?
Analog: VFT telegraphy) Modem
Voice Frequency Telegraphy (multi channel Modulator/Demodulator
Digital: PCM-Multiplexer up to 64kBaud
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 185
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Which kinds of communication media can be used?
Pilot cable
2- or 4-wires
Fiber optic cable
for example at/in overhead earth wire
PLC (TFH/TFM) voltage lines
Power line carrier channel via high- or medium
Telephone
Permanent lines, leased lines
Radio Relay System
Radio
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 186
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Telecontrol Standards
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission International Standard Protocols
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 187
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC - Standards
Standard-protocols based on IEC 60870-5 IEC 60870-5-101, the telecontrol profile IEC 60870-5-102, the counter profile IEC 60870-5-103, the IED/protection relay profile IEC 60870-5-104, the network profile (based on 60870-5-101)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 188
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870 – 5 – 101 - The most important features
high transmission security non-slip synchronization hierarchy structure efficient data transmission small expenditure of hard and software (cost optimised) compatibility between different producer Communication balanced or unbalanced Transmission speed up to 64 kBit/s Object oriented transmission (qualifier) Full time stamp possible Open to structure the information address Integrated diagnostic features Transmission priority controlled
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 189
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870-5-101 Protocol
IEC 60870 – 5 – 101 telegram structure
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 190
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870-5-101 – Telegram Types
Telegram with fixed length *)
Telegram with variable length Start char. = 68 hex Block length Block length Start char. = 68 hex Control field Address field Type ID Variable structure ID Cause of transmission Station address
Header
Single characters
Single characters = E5 hex Start char. = 10 hex Header Telegram with Control field Single characters User fixed length *) area Address field Checksum E Start char. = 10 hex Header Single characters =5 hex End char. = 16 hex Control field User Header area Address field *) Also called short record Checksum End char.= 16 hex
User area
Information address
*) Also called short record
hb_sy_st
Information object Checksum End char. = 16 hex
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 191
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Structure of the service data unit
Type identifier Variable structure identifier Identification field of the data unit
Type of data unit
Cause of transmission Cause of transmission Common address of the ASDU Common address of the ASDU
Service data unit of the application unit
Address of the information object Address of the information object
Identification field of the Information object
Address of the information object Information object 1
Set of information elements Time mark ms Time mark ms IV
Res
Time mark min
Information object n
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 192
Time mark of the Information object
optional per system
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Type Identification in monitoring direction
Value 0 1
Type of Informationobject
Not defined Single-point indication Single-point indication with time 2 stamp 3 Double-point indication Double-point indication with time 4 stamp 5 Tap position indication Tap position indication with time 6 stamp 7 Bit pattern 8 Bit pattern with time stamp 9 Measured value, normalized Measured value, normalized with 10 time 11 Measured value, scaled 12 Measured value, scaled with time 13 Measured value, floating point Measured value, floating point Restricted 14 © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. with time F02_Page 193 15 Metered value
Length of Info-Object 1 4 1 4 2 5 5 8 3 6 3 6 5 10. Telecommunication 8 IEC 101 with Siemens Power Academy TD
5
Type Identification in command direction
Value
Type of Informationobject
Length of Info-Object
45
Single point command
1
46
Double point command
1
47
Tap setting command
1
48 49 50
Analog set point command, normalized Analog set point command, scaled Analog set point command, floating
51
Digital set point command
52…6 9
Reserved for extensions
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 194
2 2 4 4
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Type Identification for organization objects
Value
Type of Informationobject
Length of InfoObject
70
End-of-initialization
1
71…99
Reserved for extensions
100
(General-) interrogation command
1
101
Counter interrogation command
1
103
Clock synchronization command
7
104
Testing command
2
105
Process reset command
1
106…109
Reserved for extensions
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 195
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Type Identification for parameters
Value 110 111 112
Type of Informationobject Parameter for meas. values, normalized value Parameter for meas. values, scaled value Parameter for meas. values floating point
Length of Info-Object 3
3
113
Parameter for activation
5
114…127
Reserved for extensions
1
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 196
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Transmission lists, priorities, functions
Priority low
Basic cycle list
Continuous start if “Transmitter is free” Start by a counter, depends on the number of transmitted telegrams of the basic cycle
Periodic list Prio: 15 1...8 *)
Start by internal clock or counter (number of transmitted telegrams)
Time- /countercontrolled lists Prio: 14
Interrogation lists Prio: 9 ... 13 Prio: 9 ... 13
Spontaneous lists Telegram image, Telegram buffer
Prio: 1 ... 8
Organisation list System indications
Start by a command from CC Start by a spontaneous process information Start by CPU if an internal indication will occur
Prio: always 0
high
*) with raising priority
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 197
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Transmission lists, important lists
Basic cycle list
Only for point-to-point traffic, to supervise the communication channel
Periodic list Time- / countercontrolled list Polling List
One of the most important lists: Necessary for the General Interrogation
Spontaneous List Process image, Event buffer
Also very important: Necessary for event transmission
Organization List System events
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 198
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Spontaneous lists
Which spontaneous lists and buffers are available? ...and what are their tasks? Initiation buffer Events will be marked in a special process image. One bit for the information and one bit for changes. Now the information is prepared for transmitting. If the event will change before transmission will happen, the bit in the process image will be actualized. Always the latest value is in the process image. The advantage is that the actual value will be transmitted and the number of transmissions will be reduced. Used for transmission of measurements and persistent indications.
Spontaneous lists Process image Initiation buffer
Telegram buffer with time Events are stored in a buffer with time stamp. If the same message changes again, before the buffered telegram was transmitted, an additional telegram with new time stamp and new value is put into the buffer Often used for indication telegrams
Telegram buffer without time Like above, just without time stamp
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 199
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Cause of Transmission
1
Cyclic, basic cycle, timer/counter
2
Background scan
3
Spontaneous
4
Initialized
Common address of the ASDU
5
Abgefragt
Common address of the ASDU
6
Activation (in control direction)
Address of the information object
7
Confirmation of activation (in monitor dir.)
Address of the information object
8
Cancellation of activation
9
Confirmation of cancellation of activation
10
Conclusion of the activation
11
Process feedback (e.g. from contr. center)
12
Process feedback (local command)
13
File Transfer
20
Response to general interrogation
Type identifier Variable structure identifier Cause of transmission Cause of transmission
Address of the information object Set of information elements Time mark ms Time mark ms IV
Res
Time mark min
Information object n
21-36 Response to group scan 1-16
Cause of transmissions contains information for the Control Center, how to compute this message!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 200
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Quality Information
Type of information
IV
NT
SB
BL
Single indications
x x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
Double indications Transformer taps Bit pattern Measured values Metered values Protection indications
EI
CY
x
x
OV
T
x
x
x x
x
CA
x
x
Legend: IV NT SB BL EI CY CA OV T
Invalid Not topical Substituted Blocked Elapsed time invalid Carry during the specific integration period Presetting since the last reading of the counter Overflow Transient state
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 201
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101 Siemens Power Academy TD
Quality Information
Abbr .
Name
Explanation
IV
Invalid
Invalid value, e.g. Invalid transformer tap position
NT
Not topical
Not topical, e.g. because of a I/O hardware problem
SB
Substituted
e.g. if a switch position has been substituted
BL
Blocked
e.g. because of bay blocking or telecontrol blocking
EI
Elapsed time invalid
Only for protection indication if relative time is invalid
CY
Carry during the specific integration period
Only for counters, counter counts from maximum to 0
CA
Presetting since the last reading of the counter
Only for counters, if value was substituted
OV
Overflow
Overflow, e.g. more than 24mA on a 20mAinput
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
T
Transient state
F02_Page 202
10. Telecommunication with IEC 101
Motor-drive-running-indication for Tap positions Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 11. Communication with a Control Center using IEC 60870-5-101 Slave Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Tele communication with a Control Centre
Control Centre States, alarms, analogs
Commands Switchgear
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 204
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering the necessary objects
The interface is automatically assigned to the next free COM-port (check the COM port address). All the objects have their default settings which might be modified in the properties page (for our exercise we will use defaults). The List object is important, as this means the General Interrogation List. A missing Interrogation List causes a missing response on an incoming Interrogation command.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 205
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Important Parameters Interface Level I
Parameters have to match settings in the Control Centre (for our exercise we will use defaults).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 206
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Important Parameters Interface Level II
Here we can set time stamp parameters for each data type
Parameters have to match settings in the Control Centre (for our exercise we will use defaults).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 207
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Important Parameters CC Level
This is the Substation Address (!) Parameters have to match settings in the Control Centre (for our exercise we will use defaults). Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 208
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping
Select Control Center, Mark the whole List-column, Select Yes for all (except IT type) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 209
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering Telegram Addresses - Monitoring direction
Mark the Telegram Address column, Select Automatic Value Input, Enter a start value for calculation Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 210
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Command Direction has to be defined as well
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 211
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Enable new application
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 212
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
UI-Operation - Update View
1. The new application may not yet be visible, because we have not yet updated the view.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 213
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
UI-Operation - Update System
2. As we have inserted a new service (101 Slave), we have to update the system
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 214
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting up the 101-Slave
After having updated the system, the new application always appears first time in “Stop” mode. Starting the IEC101-Slave including the sublevels, the slave changes to “Pending Up” mode. As no Control Center is connected, the communication will not yet run. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 215
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Our current configuration
Control Center
PAS Full Server RTU IEC 101
IEC 101 Instead of a real Control Center we are going to use IECTEST as a Control Center simulation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 216
11. TCC using IEC 101 Slave Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 12. Interface Tester IECTEST for IEC 60870-5-101/104 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Brief description
Software IECTEST is especially developed for easy use and understanding under WINDOWS.
An extra advantage is, that we do not need any auxiliary card. Communication runs on serial interfaces (COM ports), and respectively on the Ethernet network card.
IECTEST can run parallel to other Windows applications, e.g. SIMATIC-Manager.
It supports protocols IEC60870-5-101 (balanced and unbalanced mode) as well as IEC60870-5-104 and limited also -103.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 218
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Main window - Settings
COM-Port used by IECTEST (not PAS!!)
IEC 101 / IEC 104 Dircection Bit Communication mode Balanced / Unbalanced Usage of Single Characters Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 219
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Our Training Configuration with IEC 101
IECTEST as a Control Center simulator
PAS Full Server RTU
IEC 101
COM-Port
COM-Port
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 220
RS232 Cable
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Our IEC 101 Parameters have to match with PAS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 221
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting communication
Sent requests (orange) and responses from substation (green)
Communication protocol Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 222
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting communication
If communication does not start, the Link Layer has to be normalized:
1.
2.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 223
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening Telegram Output Window
Either here… or via menu Windows / Frame Interpreter
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 224
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Telegram Output Window
Message in hexadecimal code
Structured or unstructured address Received / Transmitted
Cause of Transmission Substation address Type Identifier
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 225
Quality Bits Value
Time stamp
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Command Settings
Normal commands like single- or double commands Analog Setpoints
Digital Setpoints
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 226
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Command Settings
Information object address structured - unstructured Switching direction OFF (Open) ON (Close)
Type identifier TK45=Single Cmd TK46=Double Cmd TK47=Tap Changer Cmd
Activation Abortion (for static Cmds) Execution of Cmds Select before operate SBO (2-step-command-ouput)
Execute command
cyclic output
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 227
Cmd qualifier (duration)
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
How to send organizational messages
TI100 General Interrogation TI101 counter interrogation Time synchronization
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 228
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Our Training Configuration with IEC 104
IECTEST as a Control Center simulator
PAS Full Server RTU IEC 104 Switch
LAN-interface
LAN-interface LAN Cable
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 229
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Settings for IEC 60870-5-104
IP address of the remote PAS computer Don‘t change Port number Check ASDU address!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 230
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870-5-104 Slave - Control Center Simulation
Start DT will be sent automatically Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 231
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870-5-104 Slave - Control Center Simulation
Start_DT can also be sent manually Select „T104“ tab. Press „Start_DT act“ if necessary.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 232
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Output of messages
IEC 104 uses full time stamp
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 233
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
How to display messages as plain text
Here we can display plain text
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 234
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Exporting messages from PAS UI Configuration
Export Names
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 235
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
How to import a message file
Chose file
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 236
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
How to import a message file
Imported messages split up into monitoring and control direction
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 237
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Displaying plain text in runtime mode
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 238
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 60870-5-101/104 - Time Synchronisation
In your PAS Computer:
Delete checkmark for time synch telegram via TI 103
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 239
12. Interface tester IEC test Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 13. Siemens Serial Hub 7XV5655 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Our desired configuration
PAS Server PAS Server SIPROTEC
IEC 103 Electrical or optical
IEC 103 via Ethernet Serial Hub 7XV5655
Mini Bay Unit 6MB525
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 241
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring a Serial Hub
Together with a Serial Hub (or Serial Modem) we also get an installation CD The configuration software as well as the firmware has to be installed on our Computer. The Hub has to be connected to the Ethernet. Opening the configuration tools „ipether“ the parameters of the hub will be displayed
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 242
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Downloading Software
Choose „Accessories“ and then „7XV5655“ Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 243
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Software components
The configuration tool has to be installed, to set the necessary parameters in the hub. The firmware is usually not necessary, as it was already loaded by the factory.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 244
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Downloading files
We now get the packed files
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 245
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Extracting the files
After extraction
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 246
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Installing the configuration tools
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 247
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Supported by a Wizard
You have to click trough several dialog boxes.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 248
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting the configuration tool
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 249
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration
The hub appears after a short time
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 250
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Define IP-Address
The IP-Address has to be defined and has to apply to your network.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 251
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Define Name
The name should be entered to identify the hub, especially if several hubs were existing in your network.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 252
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Properties Dialog
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 253
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Defining Protocol format
TC57 is the higher level part of the IEC60870-5-103 specification With IEC103 we always have to use format FT1.2
TC57 is a technical commission within the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) responsible for telecommunication for power transmission and distribution and also defines a telegram structure FT1.2 (IEC60870-5-1) is a data format used for protocols like IEC60870-5-101 or -103 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 254
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Defining COM Port
Define COM Port and enable RS485 half duplex
The COM-Port address will not be loaded into the hub, but serves as a “virtual COM-Port” for your computer, which is mapped to a certain IP-Address. We recommend not to use COM-Ports 3 and 4 for Serial Hubs, because they are often used PC internal (even though they are physically not existent). Half Duplex is a communication mode for 2-wires-RS485 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 255
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Diagnosis
Settings are active immediately : •The hub is accessable via PING •The hub is in the local network (and not behind a router)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 256
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
DIP switch setting at the Hub
RS232 / RS 485
S2
FO Off / FO On
RS485 termination On
/
Off
On
/
Off
S1
RS232 or RS485 Optical or electrical
RS485 termination on or off*
*an RS485 bus has to be terminated at both of the ends of the line to avoid reflections.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 257
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Search for COM Port in SICAM PAS
The new COM port has been found
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 258
13. Siemens serial Hub 7XV5655 Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 14. Connection of a Field Device with IEC 60870-5-103 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Our desired configuration
PAS Server SIPROTEC
IEC 103 electrical or optical
Mini Bay Unit 6MB525
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 260
IEC 103 via Ethernet Serial Hub 7XV5655
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration of a Serial Hub
The serial hub is already pre-configured and provides a new COM-Port at your PC In our configuration we have selected COM 7
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 261
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS Configuration – Search for new COM-port
The new COM port has been found
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 262
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating an IEC103-Master and Interface
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 263
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication Parameters
The next free COM port is automatically entered. Check, whether it is the desired one. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 264
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating a device
A device can either be defined by using a template or by import function (*.dbf file) But we have neither of them!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 265
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Mini Bay Unit 6MB525
MBU is not to be configured with DIGSI. That's why we cant create an export file. A suitable device description has been prepared. We just have to import it into Templates
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 266
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
The imported device template
These addresses are sent from the device, these names are for further processing in PAS Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 267
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Defining message designations
The yellow marked messages are related to digital inputs and should be renamed according to their meaning, All others are internal messages.
Commands Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 268
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Assigning new template to the device
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 269
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Device Parameters
Some general device parameters have to be entered manually, e.g. device name and address
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 270
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping shows the Information Volume
Tick all renamed messages for further processing.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 271
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping of new information
New source information can now be mapped to anywhere, e.g. to the telecontrol interface
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 272
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Additional Information
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 273
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Getting a DBF-File from DIGSI
DIGSI can generate a DBF device file.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 274
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Importing a Device File
To import a device it is necessary to have such a Device File (from DIGSI). Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 275
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Importing a Device File
The import is logged in a report window. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 276
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Data Units and Info Identification (Templates)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 277
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Data Units specified in IEC 60870-5-103
DU
Monitoring direction
DU
Control direction
1
Time-tagged message
6
Time synchronisation
2
Time-tagged message with relative time
7
General interrogation
3
Measurands I
4
Time-tagged measurand with relative time
10
Generic data
5
Identification
6
Time synchronisation
20
General command
8
General interrogation termination
21
Generic command
9
Measurands II
10
Generic data
24
Order for disturbance data transmission
11
Generic identification
25
Acknowledgement for disturbance data transmission
23
List of recorded disturbances
26
Ready for transmission of disturbance data
27
Ready for transmission of a channel
28
Ready for transmission of tags
29
Transmission of tags
30
Transmission of disturbance values
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
31
End of transmission
F02_Page 278
In the device related documentation of the supplier you should find the description for every message with the assignment to it's specific Data Unit type.
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103 Siemens Power Academy TD
Info Identification in PAS for IEC 60870-5-103
ID
Description
1
Single switch command, pulse
2
Double switch command, pulse
3
Digital Setpoint, 8 bits
4
Analogue setpoint, normalized
5
Digital Setpoint, 16 bits
6
Digital Setpoint, 32 bits
7
(Special command)
8
Single switch command, continuous
9
Double switch command, continuous
10
Metered value freeze command (restore)
11
Switching authority command
12
Digital output (1 bit) --> CR
13
Task controlled output (1bit) --> CR
14
State acquisition
15
Analogue Setpoint, floating point
16
Tap changer command
17
Analogue S etpoint, fixed point
18
Flag setting command
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 279
ID
Description
50
Single indication
51
Transient message (fleeting point)
52
Double indication
53
Tap position indication
54
Bit pattern 8 bits
55
Bit pattern 16 bits
56
Bit pattern 32 bits
57
Bit pattern 24 bits
58
Metering value (counter)
59
Measured value
60
Short time message (special single indication)
61
Absolute time message with value
62
Measured value, floating point
63
Single indication with value
70
Tap position indication (BCD)
71
Tap position indication (1 out of 6 bits)
72
Tap position indication (1 out of 14 bits)
73
Tap position indication (1 out of 22 bits)
74
Tap position indication (1 out of 30 bits)
14. Connection to a field device via IEC 103
Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 15. SICAM PAS CFC Logic Function Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Inserting „Automation“ Components
e.g. a resultant message, or internal command Information without I/O = internal information
e.g. alarm indications to be grouped or derived command Information with I/O = external information
SoftPLC = Software emulated PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 281
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
1. Example: OR Grouping
•As soon as one Alarm raises, the Resultant Alarm also raises. •If all Alarms have cleared, the Resultant Alarm also clears. SICAM PAS
Alarm 1 Alarm 2
RTU
OR
Alarm 3
Resultant Alarm
Control Center
Alarm 4
Alarm 3
Alarm 2
Alarm 1
Alarm 4
Information to SoftPLC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 282
Information from SoftPLC
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Routing messages to SoftPLC
All the messages (from any IED) appear here. We just select those, which we want to send to the logic
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 283
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Information from SoftPLC...
....is always linked to a PLC Master Device which is a Device Template
To modify the PLC Master Device we have to open Templates
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 284
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Template PLC Master Device – Duplicating
Here we find one piece of information of every type. To keep the existing information type, we duplicate the desired type, which has to serve as a resultant message (e.g. SP) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 285
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Renaming duplicated message
As information name has to be unique, we have to rename the new message. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 286
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Information from SoftPLC
In Mapping we now find the new message, and again we route it to SoftPLC also.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 287
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening SoftPLC Desktop
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 288
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
SoftPLC Desktop
Offline files Window to edit file content
Function Blocks and Variables
Compiler messages
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 289
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating a CFC file
Editors 1.
4.
2.
3.
Enter file name
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 290
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Choosing a CFC block from the catalog
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 291
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Inserting a CFC block
Drag and drop
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 292
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Inserting Variable into interconnection column
M=Master S=Slave G=Group
1. Open tab Variables 2. Select a Variable 3. Drag into interconnection column Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 293
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Connecting block input and Variable
1. Select one item to be connected 2. Press Shift-key and keep pressed 3. Click on the other item 4. Release Shift-key Shiftclick
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 294
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Connecting Group Alarm Message to the output
Resultant Alarm
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 295
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Compilation
…via menu PLC or via toolbar The compilation must be errorless
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 296
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Feature Enabler – Enable Automation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 297
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
UI-Operation – Update system/view and start automation
We have to start all the automation tree
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 298
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Testing the Logic Function
The ValueViewer is the most simple way to watch the Resultant Message
Simulate the respective Alarms to raise or to clear the Resultant Message
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 299
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
CFC Examples
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Grouping with a “PAS_ORI”-Function Block (already done) Grouping with a Boolean OR („OR_FBD“-Function Block) Grouping with a “PAS_GROUPI”-Function Block Interlocking Command Derivation Converting Counter Differential Value into a Counter Final Value
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 300
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
2. Grouping with a Boolean OR
Alarm 1
Change Cause 1 Indictyp 3 Signal_1
= Trigger on a changing value = Spontaneous = Single Point (SP) = Value (0=cleared, 1=raised)
Resultant Alarm
Alarm 2
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 301
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Grouping with a “PAS_GROUPI”-Function Block
1st step is to create a “Group” in configuration view.
We usually rename the group, e.g. to the name of the resultant message.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 302
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Grouping with a “PAS_GROUPI”-Function Block
2nd step is to assign the desired alarms to the new “Group” which appears as a new column.
Just tick here
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 303
Name of the group
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Grouping with a “PAS_GROUPI”-Function Block
3rd step is to insert the PAS_GROUPI block
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 304
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Grouping with a “PAS_GROUPI”-Function Block
4th step is link the “Group” to the block input, and finally the resultant alarm
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 305
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
4. Interlocking
MBU: Interlocking of Q0 against Q1, Q9 and Q8
Q1 Q0
Q0 is allowed to close only, if Q8 is open and Q1 and Q9 are not in disturbed/Intermediate position. It is always allowed to open Q0
Q9
Q8
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 306
Bus Bar Disconnnector Circuit Breaker Line Disconnector Earth Switch
Q1 Q0 Q9 Q8
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
4. Interlocking
MBU: Interlocking of Q0 against Q1, Q9 and Q8
CB Command
Q8
Q1 Bus Bar Disconnnector Circuit Breaker Line Disconnector Earth Switch
Q1 Q0 Q9 Q8
Q9
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 307
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
4. Interlocking
How to test interlocking? 1. MBU must be connected an run (Green Run symbol in UI Operation). 2. Set the Breaker to ON position and send an OFF command (e.g. with ValueViewer). Check if executed (LED). 3. Set all conditions in such a way to allow the Breaker to be switched ON. Send an ON command and check if executed. 4. Change the conditions not to allow an ON command anymore. Send an ON command and check if rejected (no visible reaction).
Note: Testing interlocking always requires a positive (command executes) as well as a negative (command does not execute) test !
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 308
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
4. Interlocking
For higher security:
On initiation of this command, the PAS system checks whether the Automation component was actively running. If not, the command was locked (and cannot bypass the automation) for security reasons. Note: Any command with interlocking should be ticked here! Commands without COMMCP block must not be ticked! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 309
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
5. Command Derivation
Example Load Shedding: If “Alarm 1” raises, e.g. from a frequency relay, a consumer (load) must be switched off. INDIC
COMMCP
CRCOM
Out ION
Alarm 1
SEND Output
INDIC
19 14
Cause ValType
0
BOValue
Comm
CB “Off” Command
Cause 19 = Command Execution ValueType 14 = Pulse switching command
Note:
BOValue 0 = OFF-Command
There must not be 2 COMMCP blocks with the same command! (i.e. if that command was already used in CFC, you have to combine logic functions) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 310
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
6. Converting a Counter Differential Value to a Counter Final Value
Counter Differential Value = After every restore the value is set to “0” Counter Final Value = The value is accumulated after every restore.
Counter Differential Value
Counter Final Value
Time period for restoration in ms 0 = absolute metered value
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 311
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Diagnostic
•Run Sequence •Online mode •Watch list •CDA – Control Data Analyzer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 312
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Run Sequence
1st
last
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 313
The width of a chart is just one page, but the length is endless. The Run Sequence depends of the position of a block. System starts always at the left hand side top of the 1st page, goes down to the bottom of the last page, and then to the top of the next column.
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Online Mode
The online values appear in blue colour at the inputs and outputs of all the blocks Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 314
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Watchlist
Start Online mode...
1. 2. 3. 4.
Tab Resources, open file Open desired block Select in/output, context menu Add to watch list
Current value
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 315
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
CDA (Control Data Analyzer)
CDA (Control Data Analyzer) with TFR (Transient Fault Recorder) for Real-time-Acquisition and Visualisation of all Runtime Variables To graphically display several variables with their chronological trend.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 316
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
CDA – Necessary settings
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 317
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
CDA – Mapping an output to CDA
Currently Raised Raised
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 318
Cleared
15. CFC logic functions Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 16. IEC61850 Communication Standard for Substations Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
International Standard
• Covers all substation functions like protection, automation and monitoring • Is a global standard and the key for interoperable solutions • Investment security through openness, expandability and garanteed future • Allows Improvement of substations for different plant types • Provides support of Engineering of the whole substation through standardized configuration language based on XML • Uses available Ethernet technology and modern communication components Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 320
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 - Speed
IEC 103 The protocol IEC 103 typically supports data rates of 9600 bit per second.
In contrast to IEC 103, IEC 61850 works nowadays with Fast Ethernet (100 megabits per second). This is about 10.000 times faster than IEC 103. If required the data rate can be expanded to up to 10 gigabits per second.
IEC 61850 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 321
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 – future-proof IEC 61850 uses ethernet as a communication medium. If in the future a newer and better way for data transmission will be developed, IEC 61850 can be easily adapted to the new technology. No other protocol is able to support this feature.
IEC 61850 The communication standard IEC 61850 strictly separates data and services of the required communication technology. That is, if there are new and faster ways of data transmission you just need to change the “vehicle”, data and services keep equal.
IEC 61850
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 322
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 - Hardware Precondition for a high data rate is high quality equipment. Even from this point of view IEC 61850 shows a lot of advantages. IEC 61850 uses communication technologies only, which have been already successfully approved for many years in offices. Even a mixture of different communication technologies is possible: Electrical or optical, coaxial, twisted pair or FO. The standardized hardware makes the installation easy and save which leads to a cost reduction.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 323
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
Interoperability
Interoperability the ability of two or more IEDs from the same vendor, or from different vendors, to exchange information and to use it for execution of customized functions
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 324
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 - Interoperability A big advantage of IEC 61850 is the standardization of services, description language and interfaces. That means, each vendor of IEC 61850 compatible devices has to develop according to the IEC 61850 standard. Therefore it is generally possible that devices of different vendors can talk to each other in the same network without changing the protocol.
In order to configure IEC 61850 compatible devices all vendors have to use the same configuration language SCL. SCL stands for Substation Configuration Language Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 325
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 – The Configuration Language SCL
SCL: Substation Configuration Language is based on XML XML: eXtended Markup Language is based on HTML XML is a neutral format for data exchange. Mostly used in documentation. More and more XML is used for configuration and data exchange of automation applications. • XML is not a programming language ! ! ! • XML is not a database ! ! ! HTML: HyperText Markup Language is a text based language for structuring of contents like texts, pictures and hyper links in documents. HTML documents are the basis of the World Wide Web and can be depicted by webbrowsers. Along with the real text HTML contains additional information in terms of meta data. These meta data give information about the author, the language or the colour of the text.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 326
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
An XML Example
Markup
Attribute Value
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
A variety of description files Corporate Network TCP/IP HMI SCADA – WAN
There are several description files within IEC 61850 standard. The next slides explain the most common description files: • ICD file • CID file • SCD file • SSD file
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 328
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
ICD file - IED Capability Description Corporate Network TCP/IP HMI SCADA – WAN
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 329
The ICD file describes the IED in general. The ICD file is like a template of an IED. 0 1 <SCL xmlns="http://www.iec.ch/61850/2003/SCL" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSch 2
SSD file - Substation Specification Description Corporate Network TCP/IP
The SSD file describes the pure configuration of the substation (without description of the IED).
HMI SCADA – WAN -Q1
-Q8
M
-Q0
630A
M
-Q1
-Q8
M
-Q0
630A
-T5
M
L1,L2,L3
-T5 L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20 -F6 -F6
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 330
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
CID file - Configured IED Description Corporate Network TCP/IP HMI SCADA – WAN
-Q1
-Q8
M
-Q0
630A
M
-T5 L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
The CID file describes the already configured IED. That is, substation configuration + ICD 0 1 <SCL xmlns="http://www.iec.ch/61850/2003/SCL" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSch 2 3
192.168.245.12
29255.255.255.0
-F6
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 331
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SCD file - Substation Configuration Description Corporate Network TCP/IP
The SCD file describes the entire substation configuration with all IEDs. That is, SCD file is the merger of all CID files.
HMI SCADA – WAN
-Q1
-Q8
M
-Q0
-Q1
-Q8
M
630A
M
-Q0
-Q1
-Q8
M
630A
M
-Q0
-Q1
-Q8
M
630A
M
-Q0
630A
M
SCD -T5
-T5
-T5
-T5
L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
L1,L2,L3 600-300/LA 15VA SP20
-F6
-F6
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 332
-F6
-F6
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
SCL File Types at a glance Corporate Network TCP/IP HMI SCADA – WAN
CID CID File File
ICD ICD File File IED Capability Description
SSD File
SCD File
Configured IED Description
Substation Configuration Description
System Specification Description Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 333
3. System components Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Services in IEDs and SICAM PAS Time synchronization
61850 Client
61850 Server
61850 Server
61850 Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 334
Control Select before Operate (SBO) with extended safety all commands to high voltage devices Direct Control with normal safety all other commands Information Report all information in monitoring direction to PAS GOOSE Inter device communication interlocking, blocking etc. File Transfer Alarm lists, Event lists Transmission of fault records Time Synchronisation
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Updating ICD - Files All devices in the network need to know each other. In order to obtain this status each *.icd file of each device needs to be updated in a central database. Afterwards the updated *.icd files can be downloaded to the devices.
IED 1
Vendor A
Database Ethernet with IEC 61850
Engineering-Engineering- Engineeringdata data data
IED 2
F02_Page 335
IEC 61850
IED 3
Vendor B
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
Ethernet with
Vendor C
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 – creating PAS configuration data DIGSI Basis software
device files IED-Datei IED-Datei (*.icd) IED-Config-file (*.icd) (*.icd) GeräteGeräteparameter device parameter parameter
1
DIGSI System Configurator
2 3 update = becomes CID now
4 Download DIGSI contains a library with all types of SIPROTEC devices. 1
DIGSI creates parameter set containing an icd file.
2
System configurator loads all icd files to define IP address and GOOSE mapping
System description file (*.scd)
Import
System Configurator writes IP address and GOOSE mapping into involved parameter sets (and the ICD becomes CID now)
4
The updated sets can now be downloaded to the SIPROTEC devices
5
The system configurator merges all *.icd files to one *.scd file.
6
Finally the *.scd file is to be imported to SICAM PAS F02_Page 336
Export
6
3
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
5
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Server Client Communication
Clients
• Client communicates with several servers
• Server supports connection at the same time to several clients Servers Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 337
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Publisher Subscriber Architecture
Fast inter-bay-communication (GOOSE) (GOOSE: Generic Object Oriented Substation Event)
redundant 100MBit/s Ethernet Multicast
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 338
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Concept of a Logical Node
input data
configuration data output data Basic Function (e.g. Protection)
Functions still remain vendor-specific Data exchange becomes standardized
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 339
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Logical Nodes
Group Indicator
Logical node groups
A
Automatic Control
C
Supervisory control
G
Generic Function References
I
Interfacing and Archiving
L
System Logical Nodes
M
Metering and Measurement
P
Protection functions
R
Protection related functions
S
Sensors
T
Instrument Transformer
X
Switchgear
Y
Power Transformer
Z
Further (power system) equipment
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 340
MMXU MMTR MSQI MHAI MDIF
Measuring (Measurand unit) Metering Sequence and Imbalance Harmonics and Inter-harmonics Differential Measurements PSCH PTEF PZSU PDIS …more
SIMG SARC SPDC
XCBR XSWI
Protection Scheme Transient Earth Fault Zero speed or underspeed Distance protection
Insulation medium meas unit Monitoring and diagnostics for arcs Monitoring and diagnostics for partial discharge
Circuit Breaker Circuit Switch
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Data Objects – approx. 350 classes are specified
Data Classes
Number
System information
13
Physical device inform.
11
Measurands
66
Metered values
14
Controllable Data
36
Status information
85
Settings
130 355
Grouped in 28 Common Data Classes (Part 7-3).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 341
A - Phase to ground amperes for Phases 1, 2, and 3 Amps - Current of a non three phase circuit Ang - Angle between phase voltage and current AnIn - Analogue Input used for generic I/O ChAnVal - Array of analogue channel numbers and actual values at a certain time (time tag) CircA - Measured circulating current in a transformer paralleling application CtlV - Voltage on secondary of transformer as used for voltage control. Den - Density of gas or other insulating Medium DQ0Seq - Direct, quadrature, and zero axis quantity HaTdV - Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion More…..
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Standardizing Communication with Logical Nodes
Bay A + + -
PTOC RREC
XCBR + + + + + + + + -
Mode Beh Health Name Loc EEHealth EEName OperCnt Pos ctlVal stVal pulseConfig operTim q …more
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 342
BayA/XCBR.Pos.stVal
Bay Unit
(Mode) (Behavior) (Health) (Name plate) (Local operation) (External equipment) (External equipment name plate) (Operation counter) (Switch position)
intermediate state off cn bad state
(0) (1) (2) (3)
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Example
Logical Device
Bay device with Time Overcurrent Protection Control Function Auto-Reclose Function
IED1 PTOC
Time Over Current
RREC Auto Reclosing
CSWI Current Transfomer
MMXU
Switch Control Measurement Unit
IED3
IED2
TCTR
XCBR Circuit Breaker
T1
Q0
IED - Intelligent Electronic Device (every device with a communication interface) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 343
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Addressing to control a circuit breaker
IED1/CBCSWI1.Pos.ctlVal
Attribute Name (Norm) Data Object Name (Norm) Logical Node Name Suffix (free) Logical Node Class (Norm)
LN -Name
Logical Node Name Prefix (free) Logical Device Name (free) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 344
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Configurations – Optical Ring with RuggedComs
The new communication standard for the station bus
Ethernet based Ethernet components from RuggedCom recommend www.ruggedcom.com
TP
62,5µ or 50µ Fibre
Up to 11 RuggedCom switches per ring 100 Mbit/s redundant switched Ethernet ring Inter-bay-interlocking Cubicle1 Cubicle2 Cubicle3 independent from the Station Unit via IEC 61850-Goose mechanism TP TP TP TP TP
34>(3xNo.of Switches)+No.of IEDs) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 345
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Configurations – Optical Ring with SIPROTECs
The optical EN100 contains a complete switch functionality RSTP for ring reconfiguration is also supported GOOSE priorisation Up to 33 SIPROTECs per ring
TP
62,5µ or 50µ Fibre
Inter-bayinterlocking independent from the Station Unit via IEC 61850Goose mechanism 34>(3xNo.of Switches)+No.of IEDs) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 346
100 Mbit/s redundant switched Ethernet ring Cubicle1
Cubicle2
Cubicle3
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Configurations – Electrical Star
Ruggedcom offers switches with up to 32 ports No redundancy Cost optimized configuration For small medium voltage plants Cu Twisted Pair (TP) Shielded cable max. 20m
Inter-bay-interlocking independent from the Station Unit via IEC 61850-Goose mechanism Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 347
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard
Siemens Power Academy TD
SIPROTEC – EN100 interface modules
Substation communication Transmission of fault records Download and upload of settings IED configuration
EN100 electrical (RJ45 connector) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 348
EN100 optical with Duplex-LC) 16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Ethernet switches according IEC61850 specification
MACH1000 series
RSR series
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 349
RS900 series
RS8000 series
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
FO Cables and Distances
http://www.ruggedcom.com
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 350
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Ethernet Master clocks
Meinberg LANTIME/GPS A separate time master can especially be used in configurations with an Ethernet station bus (IEC 61850) using an SNTP-Server (Simple Network Time Protocol).
Siemens SICLOCK
All connected devices (SNTPClients) incl. Station Units can be synchronized. The Station Unit is still time master for all it´s directly connected devices (T103, FMS, DNP3...)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 351
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Engineering Engineering tool
Parameter file
System Configurator
IED file (*.icd) Update
Device library
Device specific parameter set
Export
Station file Download
System configuration data (*.scd) Import
Vendor specific data Standardized file Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 352
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Diagnosis Tool Networkview
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 353
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Diagnosis Tool IEC-Browser
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 354
16. IEC61850 – Communication Standard Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 17. Configuring IEC 61850 IEDs Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Process of Engineering
SCD = System Configuration Description
Vendor specific data
ICD = IED Capability Description CID = Configured IED Description
Standardized file
Device files
Configuring
Device library
ICD
IED file (*.icd)
Device specific parameter set
System configurator in DIGSI: • IP-Addresses • GOOSE mapping
Export
System configurationdata (*.scd)
Update
CID
Import
Download
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 356
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Engineering in a mixed configuration 3rd party relay
Download
Update
Communication settings(*.icd) from vendor XY
System configurator vendor XY
System configurator in DIGSI: • IP-Addresses • GOOSE mapping
Device files
Configuring
Device library
IED file (*.icd)
Device specific parameter set
Export
System configurationdata (*.scd)
Update Import
Download
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 357
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
DIGSI – Konfiguration Matrix
System interface IEC61850 S=specified data X=extended data
SIPROTEC data (Siemens-specific) in LD CTRL / LN GGIOs Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 358
Mandatory data in LD PROT/ e.g. LN RREC are always entered in SCD
User specific data in LD CTRL / LN GGIOs
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
System Configurator in DIGSI
System configurator
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 359
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Assigning IEDs to a 61850-Station
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 360
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Defining IP-Addresses
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 361
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Mapping GOOSE messages
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 362
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Updating device parameter files
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 363
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Export of Station Information
The SCD File includes all communication data of all field devices. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 364
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Create Application and Interface
IP-address = address of network card (not of a relay!) 0.0.0.0 = if there is just one network card in your computer Subnet mask: has to match setting in System Configurator
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 365
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Import of SCD-File
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 366
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Import of SCD-File
All devices are already check marked. For SNTP Time Server, delete check mark.
These warnings can be ignored when importing
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 367
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Import of SCD-File
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 368
17. Configuring 61850 IEDs Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Network control via SNMP
Networked telecontrol systems use increasingly Ethernet as a communication standard. Intelligent network structures with switching technology are the basis for real-time data transmission. Redundancies of the network and the components increase the reliability. The outage of a single component does not lead to a total breakdown. Nevertheless, it is necessary to install a quick and easy error detection which realizes an outage and signalizes it immediately. SICAM PAS allows to manage and control system components supporting SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol), e.g. SIPROTEC relays, Switches or SICAM PAS Station Units. The SNMP protocol is based on UDP/IP (User Datagram Protocol/ Internet Protocol).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 370
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
SNMP - Basics
SNMP is used to monitor and control system components. There is an SNMP Manager (e.g. SICAM PAS) and SNMP Agents (e.g. SIPROTECs, RuggedCom Switches). The agent is a piece of software which runs e.g. at a switch and monitors and controls the status of that switch. . SNMP Manager
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 371
SNMP Agent
SNMP Agent
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
SNMP - Basics
SNMP supports no „login-password“ functionality, there is a login only, but no password. There are 2 login-types, which are called „community“, • the community „public“ • the community „private“ „public“ allows to read only, „private“ allows to read and write. SNMP Manager
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 372
SNMP Agent
SNMP Agent
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
What is a MIB (Management Information Base)? The idea of SNMP is to monitor and control networks and their components (i.e. switches, routers, etc). This ought to work fast but with low bandwidth. There should be transmitted no text (e.g. „PowerSupplyPrimary“), just numbers (e.g. „6“). On sender side is a translation table which converts text to numbers and on receiver side from numbers to text. SNMP Agent
SNMP Manager
Text CPU Temperature F605switch1 PowerSupplyPrim ary
Number 4 5 6
Numbe r 4 5 6
This table „Text – Number“ is called MIB (Management Information Base) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 373
SNMP Agent
Text CPU Temperature F605switch1 PowerSupplyPrima ry
The number in the MIB is called OID (Object Identifier)
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
What is a MIB (Management Information Base)? There are still two questions: • Is there a way to give the numbers a structure? So, the assignment „Number – Text“ is much faster ? • Is it possible to cover really ALL information of ALL vendors in this table? The answers are: „Yes“ and „Actually yes“ As SNMP is a standard, a numbering structure was created like the tree of the windows explorer. The screenshot on the right shows the structure of the „Basis – MIB“ which is called „MIB-2“. This MIB-2 is the standard and contains all common information If a vendor needs to use its own texts or settings, the vendor has to create an additional MIB. The information of the MIB has to be mounted to the MIB-2 at the mounting point „enterprise“. That means, the „Basis MIB“ is still persistent.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 374
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Summary
In SNMP the telegram addresses are called OID (Object Identifier). These OIDs are fix assigned in so called MIBs (Management Information Base). The MIB for a dedicated device (e.g. Station Unit, RuggedCom switch) has to be imported into the PAS. We use the view “Templates” in the UI-Configuration Tool to import the associated file.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 375
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication parameters of the Interface
Here we had to enter the IP address of the manager (PAS computer), only if we had more than one IP address.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 376
Here we have to enter the access code for the SNMP agent
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Import SNMP Device Description
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 377
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Information volume of an EN-100 module
Device Description for the electrical EN 100 module just contains the 2 port failure messages Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 378
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuration – Insert Device
Inserting the device, the new template has to be selected
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 379
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication parameters of IED
On Device Level we have to enter the IP address of the Agent (e.g. SIPROTEC EN100) Shorter for testing OK for operation (100 IEDs max)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 380
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Information volume of an EN-100 module
The telegram address contains the object ID (OID) under which this data point is supplied by the SNMP agent.
Information – Monitoring Direction Here we find the two port failure messages of the EN-100 module. Messages are defined as Double Points (!)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 381
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
ValueViewer: Communication diagnostics
SNMP Manager
Both of the channels have a value of 1 = Off, i.e. both of the channels are working properly.
el 2 Chan n
Chan n
el 1
Channel 1 faulty Channel 2 faulty
SNMP Agent
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 382
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Network monitoring (Group signal) SICAM PAS Cu FO
SICAM PAS CC Switch 1
Switch 2
100 Mbit/s FO Ethernetring SIPROTEC 1 Switch 3
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 383
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Grouping
Especially for switches with many ports, a grouping of all port related messages is desired. This can easily be done in SICAM PAS without using CFC logic.
FO-Port 1 faulty FO-Port 2 faulty
Redundancy fault
Cu-Port 3 faulty Cu-Port 4 faulty Cu-Port 5 faulty Cu-Port 6 faulty
Port fault
Cu-Port 7 faulty Cu-Port 8 faulty
Cu FO
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 384
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Grouping
For each device to monitor (Switches or EN100) we can assign lists Port fault and/or Redundancy fault.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 385
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Grouping
In Mapping we now can assign each single message to the existing lists
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 386
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Grouping
In “Status” tab we can find the appropriate resultant messages.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 387
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Virtual Device to group Grouped Messages
The device template SnmpSystemDevice can be used to summarize all device specific resultant messages to general fault messages
Enter IP address 0.0.0.0 here (will not be used as this is virtual only) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 388
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Virtual Device to group Grouped Messages
In “Status” tab we can find the appropriate resultant messages. „Process“ tab is empty.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 389
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Operation Tool
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 390
18. SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 19. HMI-Interface and Topology Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Creating an HMI Interface
We have to create 3 levels • a PAS CC • an Interface • a Control Center (Local Operator Station) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 392
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Routing to HMI
Do not mix up with Remote Control Centers !
Everything, that has to be displayed or logged in PAS CC, has to be ticked.
Archive entry (Measured & metered values)
Picture entry List entry
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 393
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
HMI Routing for Commands
Same has to be done for commands Picture entry List entry
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 394
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Export of HMI information
A *.PXD file will be created, which later has to be imported into PAS CC.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 395
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
How to check the content of a PXD file?
We can simply use Excel.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 396
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Content of a PXD file
All the HMI mapped messages appear with their names and their internal addresses. Note: Don’t save your file with Excel! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 397
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Where do the message names come from?
Technological name
Information name
SICAM PAS PQS / YL7J002004 / IEC 60870-101 Master / Interface / miniRTU / Buffer overflow Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 398
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Additional hidden Columns
Back in Mapping we have to display some hidden columns.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 399
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Additional hidden Columns
For each of the 3 visible columns, there are 2 hidden also.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 400
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Additional Columns
If a message is ticked, the name is copied into the 2 columns. Why? Because in PAS CC these are 3 different items, and each of them needs a name. •Name for an Alarm Logging Entry (Event List /Alarm List) •Name for a Picture Variable (Tag) •Name for a Archive Variable (just Measured and Metered Values) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 401
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
What is the Topology for?
With the Topology we can define message groups to structure information. The topological name is mainly used to export to the HMI system. These names usually appear in an Event List or an Alarm List and should be understandable for the operators of the substation.
SICAM_PAS_PQS\YB NQ079932\IEC60870101Master\Interface\ RTU\Disconnector Q9
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 402
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
What does the operator expect?
The operator controls the primary plant. So he is familiar with expression related to the switchgear.
Se co nd
ary e
qu ip
me SICAM_PAS_PQS\YBNQ079932\IEC60870-101 nt re _Master\Interface\RTU\Disconnector Q9 lated n
am es
Is to be translated to
Training City Sw itch g
20kV ear
rela ted
n am es
Feeder 12 Disconnector Q9
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 403
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Where to structure information?
Topology allows us to create certain information levels to structure information. The topological levels´ names replaces the technological name string. Together with the information name this text will be used in the HMI system (mainly for lists).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 404
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Example how to structure information
The topological name will replace the technological name for the use in the HMI system Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 405
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
At the very beginning all information is located in the top level
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 406
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
New Topological Levels and Filters
1. We create a new “Station” called SSTN Training RTU to group all RTU related messages
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 407
2. Select the top level again, and activate the filter to display just the RTU messages
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Selecting information
•To select single messages use CTRL and mouse click. •To select all messages press CTRL A. •To select a group of messages, select the first line of the desired group, keep the shift-button pressed (while scrolling down and) select the last line.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 408
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Moving information
Now just move the selected items into the desired level (drag & drop)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 409
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Disable filter
The RTU messages now have disappeared from the top level
To display all other messages, disable the filter
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 410
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Back to HMI Mapping
Here we can replace the previous (technological) names by the new (topological) names.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 411
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Again Export of HMI information
The *.PXD file will now contain the Topological Names.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 412
19. HMI interface and Topology Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 20. Introduction to SICAM SCC Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
What is SICAM SCC? SICAM SCC visualizes and archives the process data of SICAM PAS. SICAM SCC allows to control your substation (command execution)
TeleControlCenter SICAM SCC (SCC= Substation Control Center)
SICAM SCC is usually located in the substation.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 414
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Components of SCC Initializing of SCC projects
The core of SICAM SCC is SIMATIC WinCC, a process visualization system coming from industrial automation. For operation in energy automation some SICAM SCC components have been added.
Import of SICAM PAS project data
Measurement and counter values
SICAM PAS-specific
SICAM Valpro
objects
SICAM PAS Wizard
functions pictures
Driver for Ethernet TCP/IP
Library
SIMATIC WinCC Topological coloring
Communication Switching devices Automatic creation of scripts
IndustrialX-Controls Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 415
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC Explorer The central point for provisioning settings in SCC is the WinCC Explorer. From here you can start all configuration tools of SCC. We mainly need the following:
• Graphics Designer • Alarm Logging • Tag Logging • SICAM PAS Wizard • Text Library • User Administrator
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 416
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SCC – an example At the right side you can see an example of an SCC screen. Here you may… • switch between several pictures • monitor and change the user login • change the language • set bay/telecontrol blocking • switch ON / OFF circuit breakers and disconnectors • monitor and change tap position • observe values in digital or analog view In order to create a picture like this you need to use the WinCC Graphics Designer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 417
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard
After defining a new station in the project the following steps takes place Import / Update of SICAM PAS – Data o Import of SICAM PAS variables into the tag management o Import of SICAM PAS messages into the alarm logging o Import of SICAM PAS measured and metered values into the tag logging o Generation of the SICAM specific structure variables and the required internal variables
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 418
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard
The SICAM PAS Wizard initializes the project
Import of the SICAM symbol library Setting of the SICAM specific information system Setting of the SICAM text library The initialization of the project can be done independent of the data import. Therefore the configuration of the SICAM PAS CC project can be started before readiness of the SICAM PAS projects. The SICAM reporter records the activities of SICAM PAS Wizards and provides information about success respectively failures and warnings.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 419
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Symbol Library
The Library contains Objects for the switches Objects for measured and counted values Templates for the Alarm Logging and furthermore Filter for Event List Dialogue to control the Switching Authority Control buttons for Bay- and Telecontrol Blocking
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 420
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchgear Objects – Reperesentation
IndustrialX-Controls are used for visualization and controlling of switching devices SICAM objects for switching devices Circuit breaker Disconnector support 4 visualization options SICAM DIN 42200 IEC 445 LSA If symbols are required deviating from these display options, the different conditions particularly defined ' bit-maps ' can to be assigned (the best performance is reached with the gifformat) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 421
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Schwitchgear Objects – Styles and States
Off On Int
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 422
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Schwitchgear Objects – Tag Connection
The graphical object has to be linked to the respective tags. for the monitoring direction for control direction
Note: Entering the first tag, automatically also enters the related command tag. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 423
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchgear Objects - Colour
Colours for can be defined for the symbols as well as for quality indicators
Display of status and quality
Additional pop-up window using the right hand mouse key
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 424
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchgear Objects – Extended
The switching devices are controlled in two steps with IndustrialX Controls 1st operation step: Selection of the switching direction 2nd operation step: Initiation of switching execution If a connected device supports „Select before Operate“, this two-step operation can be combined with this characteristic.
Further characteristics
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 425
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchgear Objects – Sychro-Check
To distinguish between synchronized and unsynchronized operation, a dynamic function can be implemented. The control dialogue is extended accordingly and during operation Runtimethe user can choose how to control. Dialog Configuration Dialog
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 426
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchgear Objects – Additional Features Further parameters are available in the WinCC setting menu EnableSwitching In dependence of other variables the control dialogues and thus the controllability can be prevented at run-time Ex.: switching authority between several control PC‘s in a WinCC Client/Server configuration. PermissionLevel Permission for operation LabelButtonOn, … Object specific texts for the runtime can be defined with these parameters, e.g. higher/lower
Support of other languages In the scope of supply the two languages German and English are supported All texts which are used in configuration and Runtime dialogs are deposited in text files. These can be copied and the texts be translated in other languages.
Others The IndustrialX Controls are applicably in multi-client and web navigator environment. ‚Variable-Prefix in screen window‘ are supported (=>Typical-Diagrams) ‚Indirect addressing‘ is supported These objects are only used for monitoring direction (a missing entry of the control variables doesn't result in a control dialog but deactivates the left mouse button) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 427
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Alarm Logging – 3 Message List Types
Event List Displays all information exept analog and metered values
Alarm List Display urgent alarms or warnings, the operator has to react to Protection Message List A special filtered event list, to display messages from protective relays only Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 428
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Alarm Logging – Message Lists
The original absolute time stamp created directly in IED or in IED-connection are recorded in the alarm logging In the event lists are recorded besides the time stamp and the status of the indication also further additional information like cause, source, status information, … The display of values in SICAM PAS CC-Alarm logging includes besides the ON/OFF also Intermediate position (double indications) Bit pattern
Text values The text values can be parameterized specifically, e.g. higher/lower. Up to 8 different text groups can be created.
Command indications are recorded additionally to the process indication The logic of the acknowledgement can be selected in the alarm lists, it can be acknowledged Raised Cleared Raised and Cleared The entry of the raised status be kept in the alarm list until the reception of the clear status Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. 20. Introduction to SCC and eventually the acknowledge of the cleared status. F02_Page 429 Siemens Power Academy TD
Connection States
Status of the IED connections and its information If the connection is lost the color for the switching devices and the measurement objects change. Connection state of devices can be visualized in the display Connection state between PAS and WinCC can be visualized with an independent object from the library Connection state of IEDs can be logged In the alarm logging
GI finished Communication Failure
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 430
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM VALPRO SICAM Valpro is the program for evaluation of measurement and counter archives Display of measured and metered values as a graph or table
Original values
SIMATIC WinCC Tag logging archive
archived original values
Time interval
Maximum values
SICAM Valpro
Average values Minimum values
15 min 1h 1d 15 min 1h 1d 15 min 1h 1d
Power factors (Current/Voltage) Cumulative-/ Difference values (Counters)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 431
15 min 1h 1d
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM VALPRO - Graphic functions
The graphical display of measurement curves is using the same graphic module as in the Comtrade Viewer and SIGRA 4 program
Following functions are supported: Activating / Deactivating Zooming Optimize the display in X- and Ydirection Hide / Unhide diagrams Hide / Unhide curves Select visible time frame Configure curve settings Configure diagram settings Change legend of Diagrams
The displayed area can be adjusted for optimized navigation (and print out) in minute, hour, day, month, year
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 432
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS CC Licences
SIMATIC WinCC Licenses:
Supported no. of tags (graphical variables) 128 Runtime V7 512 Runtime & Configuration 2.048 V7 8.192 SICAM PAS CC 65.536 Licenses: Runtime Optional function Configuration VALPRO *) Note: For each PAS-Information object, several WinCC tags are created in the tag management; In terms of authorisation, only one Tag per PAS-information-object is counted. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 433
20. Introduction to SCC Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 21. SCC Software Setup Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Components
The HMI-System SICAM PAS CC requires following components to be installed on your computer: •MS Message Queuing (belongs to OS) •MS Internet Explorer (is usually already installed) •SIMATIC WinCC with SQL data base system •SICAM PAS CC (SICAM components)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 435
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
MS Message Queuing
Click on Start / Settings / Control Panel and open „Add/Remove Programs“. Then select „Add/Remove Windows Components“ Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 436
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
MS Message Queuing
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 437
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Internet Explorer
The Internet Explorer is usually installed together with your operating system. However, if you have to update or to install it, you may download it from the Microsoft Internet Site.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 438
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting WinCC Installation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 439
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Select the installation language
With this box you can define the language during installation
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 440
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Dialog boxes
Just click „Next“ in these dialog boxes
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 441
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Dialog boxes
In this box you can choose which languages to be installed. English will always be installed.
„Package installation“ is the easiest way.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 442
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Dialog boxes
Just select select „WinCC Installation“
The Setup automatically decides, which programs are to be installed. (see next page)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 443
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Default Settings and optional components
All necessary components are already ticked. If desired you can add optional components.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 444
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Dialog boxes
Before real installation starts you may check the selected software and the required memory space
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 445
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Automatic Installation running
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 446
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Automatic Installation running
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 447
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Automatic Installation running
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 448
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Error messages
It might happen that the following error messages appear (multiple times) if there was once another SQL server on your PC.
The messages do not cause any harm, just acknowledge them.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 449
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC installation running
WinCC installation covers several software packages: License Manager
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 450
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC installation running
WinCC installation covers several software packages: WinCC Runtime
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 451
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC installation running
WinCC installation covers several software packages: WinCC Configuration
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 452
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC installation running
WinCC installation covers several software packages: WinCC OPC-Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 453
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC installation running
WinCC installation covers several software packages: WinCC Smarttools
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 454
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Skip License key installation
The installation software asks for the license key which is provided on a USB stick. However, usually we use „Next“ button to transfer the license key later.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 455
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Automatic Windows settings
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 456
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Automatic Windows settings
Press the „Apply“ and wait some seconds until…
…you get following message. Ten press the „Exit“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 457
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Restart PC
Now the installation has succesfully finished. Please restart the computer in order to activate the changes in the registry.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 458
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
After restart
These two icons on the desktop indicate that WinCC and the associated License Manager were installed.
Clicking this icon starts/exits the graphics runtime, it activates/deactivates a project or opens a diagnostics window - assumed there is already a project provisioned.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 459
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS CC Installation
Now PAS CC components on top
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 460
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
WinCC Hotfixes on SICAM PAS CC disk
Prior to the installation of PAS CC software, check whether WinCC Hotfixes are to be installed first. The released hotfixes are to be found in a respective subfolder on the PAS CC disk
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 461
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Start PAS CC setup
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 462
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Setup Language
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 463
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Complete installation or customized
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 464
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Standard installation path
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 465
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Start now
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 466
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS CC setup runs
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 467
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Setup ready
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 468
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Restart required
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 469
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
PAS CC Menus
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 470
21. SCC Software setup Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 22. Starting a SCC Project Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Authorization
PAS CC and WinCC require some licences for configuration as well as for the runtime system. These licences are provided together with the PAS CC packet in form of software keys on memory sticks. The software keys have to be installed on the harddisk of your HMI computer (runtime licences) or configuration computer (configuration licences).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 472
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting the License Manager
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 473
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Automation License Manager
Drives Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 474
Licences
Runtime & Configuration 64k Tags
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting WinCC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 475
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating a Project
Single HMI PC
Server
Client 1
Client 32
Clients do not need a project
Server 1
Server 6
Client 1
Client 32
Clients need a project
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 476
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Name and path
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 477
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
The WinCC Explorer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 478
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Setting active design
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 479
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Computer properties
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 480
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Tasks to be started with the Runtime
Usually we enable these the tasks
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 481
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Language and Key Disabling
To disable key commbinations for the operator during runtime
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 482
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Graphics Runtime
Later, after configuring diagrams, we will enter the start diagram here. In Window Attributes we can define the functions of the runtime window.
With Turn Off we can lock certain functions.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 483
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
The Communication Driver
Just for version mix
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 484
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting the SICAM PAS Wizard
The new driver with a PAS Data Server appears.
In the following step we have to open the PAS Wizard.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 485
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard – Station name
Enter a name (any name) for your SICAM PAS station.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 486
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard – Choosing PAS export data
Choose path Choose file
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 487
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard
No need to change If HMI system and PAS Full Server are not on the same computer...
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 488
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard - Initialisations
Checkboxes are automatically checked for the very first time running the wizard for this project. They will appear unchecked later. Do not touch them without reason.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 489
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard - finished
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 490
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
IP Address of SICAM PAS computer
IP address of the connected PAS system, not PAS CC ! If both are on the same computer, you may keep 0.0.0.0
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 491
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Imported Tags
Number of imported tags Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 492
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Data structure (monitoring direction)
PAS Full Server
WinCC
Value………… indicates the current state, i.e. raised, cleared, on, off, open, close or any numerical value for a metered or measured value Validity……… indicates invalid messages in case of a fault in the processing device ValueType… indicates a message as a single or double indication, measured or metered value... Cause……….. indicates, why a message was processed, i.e. spontaneous, general interrogation, cyclic transmission, feedback, command termination... AddCause…… mainly interesting for controls Counter……... indicates any change of a message by an increasing counter Alarm………… only used for certain PCC projects; can be ignored for PAS WB Counter… Contains information for substitution of values IX Hook……… Used for IX Controls to store values during runtime Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 493
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Data structure (control direction)
PAS Full Server
WinCC
Value……………… indicates the control value, e.g. open, close, raise, lower,... Validity…………… indicates invalid messages in case of a fault in the processing device ValueType………. single or double command, digital setpoint... Cause…………….. indicates, why a message was processed, i.e., feedback, command termination... AddCause………. indicates e.g. interlocking, switching current check, control authority violation... ReplyCounter….. is incremented when a reply was received (confirmation, feedback, termination) CmdCounter……. is to be incremented by WinCC, when a command has to be executed
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 494
22. Starting a SCC project Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 23. Graphics Designer Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Graphics Designer in the WinCC Explorer
Do not delete or use for any control function! *)
The Graphics Designer is for configuring pictures. Pictures are files with an extension *.pdl Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 496
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Graphic tools
Library Object palette with standard objects like line, circle, square, text…
Colour palette
Zoom function Style palette for line styles, line weight, line end… WinCC Wizards Construction layers
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 497
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
How to make graphic objects dynamic
Samples: How can I display a switching device?
How can I display an analog value?
How can I display a single point message?
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 498
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM Symbol Library
Global Library SIMATIC-graphical objects Project-Library SICAM-graphical objects
Switchgear devices The main difference between these 2 libraries is, that the SICAM-Library basically contains energy technical objects. These are often dynamised, I.e. assigned to any processing logic. The configurer just has to assign the necessary tags. SICAM-Objects are prepared for the SICAM PAS Data structure.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 499
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring a switching device
Double click the object - and browse for the status message of your breaker
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 500
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Browsing for the tag
Do not double click!
The switchgear object needs to be assigned to the structure tag. This is why the single components (Value, Validity, Cause…) are not shown here. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 501
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Assigning tags
Tag for status of breaker
Tag for acknowledging blinking is always the same „QuitBlinking“
Tag for control will be assigned automatically Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 502
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring an analog value display
Double click or right hand mouse click and properties --- select your analog (*.Counter !!)
Selecting the measurd value tag provides (different to switchgear objects) all components of the data structure. For the full functionality we have to assign the desired tag with the extension “Counter” (!). The object internally also evaluates the tags “Value” and “Validity”. Note: the default “MesuredValue.Counter” is not a valid tag name. It has to be replaced by the desired measured value tag from your Tag Management! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 503
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
The parameters
Assign desired analog tag xxx.counter Further scaling function *) Normal display colour If device faulty When overflow (e.g. more than 24mA) If communication between PAS and PASCC fails
2 upper and 2 lower limits The values for Upper and Lower Limits are related to the displayed values, i.e. they depend on the scaling. If no limits have to be displayed, we have to enter values which practically cannot be reached. Displaying a voltage of 20kV, the Upper Limit 1 can be set to e.g. 100kV, the Upper Limit 2 to 110kV, the Lower Limit 1 to (minus) -100kV, the Lower Limit 2 to -110kV.
*) The divider is the 2. possibility of scaling in WinCC. The usual scaling is to be done in the Tag Management (see next page).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 504
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
How to scale analog values
In the tag properties we have to tic linear scaling. The Process Value Range means the value coming from the PAS system. The Tag Value Range means the value to be displayed in the diagram Value1 = minimum value Value2 = maximum value Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 505
Coming from PAS
Will be displayed
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
How to display a single point message
In „Miscellaneous“ we find the attribute „Display“, which can display or hide the text with a Yes or No. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 506
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Visible or invisible via a Dynamic Dialog
With a right hand mouse click you can choose „Dynamic dialog“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 507
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring the Dynamic Dialog
First of all we have to choose the desired tag…
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 508
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Selecting the tag
From all the components we have to choose *.Value, which carries the process value Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 509
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Defining the logic
With Add we create Value ranges, in column Up To the respective values are to be entered and the attribute Display defines, which value has to display and which one to hide the text. For Single Point messages following process values are to be expected: 1=CLEARED 2=RAISED
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 510
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Finished Dynamic Dialog
The Dynamic Dialog is always displayed by a red flash symbol. The value in the column Static will be overwritten by the result of the logic in the Dynamic Dialog.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 511
23. Graphics Designer Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 24. Bay and Telecontrol Blocking Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Function of Bay- and Telecontrol Blocking
Blockings are usually used when maintenance works have to be done in a particular bay. The operating company of a plant in most cases wishes, messages caused by these works not to appear in the event logging.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 513
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Difference between Bay- and Telecontrol Blocking Bay Blocking
Telecontrol Blocking
Blocks transmission to local operation as well as to remote control. Pevents commands also.
Remote Control Center Local Operator Station
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 514
Blocks transmission to remote control only. Prevents commands from control center.
Remote Control Center Local Operator Station
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Tags in PAS UI Configuration Each communication object has got a some system variables (tags). _BlkAdm and _BlkOpr are exclusively used for blockings.
_BlkAdm = control information for Bay Blocking and Telecontrol Blocking _BlkOpr = monitoring information for Bay Blocking and Telecontrol Blocking Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 515
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Values to expect
131072=Bay blocked (217)…………………………………………… 131072=block bay level 196608=Teletransmission blocked (216+217)………………………. 196608=block teletransmission 262144=both blocked (218)…………………………………………...262144=block both 65536=no blockings (216)……………………………………………. 65536=disable blockings
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 516
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Blocking buttons in SICAM Symbol Library
Offline display
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 517
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Bay Blocking in Configuration and Runtime How to configure
Display during Runtime
Assign your tags
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 518
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Telecontrol Blocking in Configuration and Runtime How to configure
Display during Runtime
Assign your tags
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 519
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Combined Bay Blocking and Telecontrol Blocking
Just another symbol with the same functions
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 520
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Vizualisation in Event List
All messages of the paticular device appear once on activation of blocking
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 521
24. Bay- and Telecontrol blocking Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 25. Compatibility Key Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Compatibility Key between PAS and PAS CC
The compatibility key is a security function against mismatching data in PAS and PAS CC. It mainly prevents wrong command outputs because of mismatching data.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 523
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
Compatibility Key between PAS and PAS CC
SICAM PAS UI Config
SICAM PAS CC Config
Offline Mode User creates CompKey 12345
Offline Mode Wizard imports CompKey 12345
Export to HMI
CompKey 12345 *.PXD
SICAM PAS Runtime
SICAM PAS CC Runtime
Online Mode
Online Mode External tag updated from PAS CompKey 12345...
Data base contains
CompKey 12345
Ethernet_c o
mmunicati
on
and compared with... PAS CC reads the current compatibility key (via an external tag) and compares it with the imported one. If keys differ, PAS CC stops Runtime.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 524
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
Compatibility Key in PAS UI-Configuration
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 525
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
The Export File
… is later to be imported in WinCC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 526
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
The imported Compatibility Key in WinCC
With the data import even the compatibility key was imported. WinCC writes the key into certain internal tags.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 527
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
The current Compatibility Key from PAS
When PAS and WinCC communicate, PAS sends the current PAS Compatibility Key to WinCC (via an external tag) and WinCC compares it with the imported key. If the compared keys were different, WinCC would pop up a message box to shut down the Runtime.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 528
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
If Compatibility Key does not match
The background is the diagram „CompKeyEmpty.pdl“. It is automatically displayed to overlay the current diagram.
The operator now has to press OK to shut down WinCC.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 529
25. Compatibility key Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 26. Switching Authority Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Definition of Switching Authority
Because of security reasons it is usually not allowed, that 2 operators have control access to a substation at the same time The Switching authority is the right of one operator (one Control station), to control the substation via the control system, i.e. to execute commands. At the same time this right was cancelled for all other operators.
One operator at a time
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 531
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Switching Authority as a software switch in SICAM PAS Remote Control Centre
Local Operator Station
4
3
2
1
1
2 3
5
Remote Local
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 532
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Switching Authority Group
Every control interface has a parameter called „Switching Authority Group Assignment“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 533
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Matrix The one we are defining, is the light-coloured line, while all ohter interfaces are dark-coloured. You can assign only your interface in the light line.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 534
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Routing to PAS CC
In „Mapping“ we find a message „AuthorityValue“ (Type SAC) which is our Switching Authority. We tick it for Alarm Logging (Event List) as well as for Tag Management (Picture).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 535
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Value Viewer
The tag is to be found in the top level, i.e. SICAM PAS. As it was not yet set, the value is still 0, which means neither LOCAL nor REMOTE, but „everyone allowed to control“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 536
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Values to expect
AuthorityValue is a 4 Bytes value. Byte 3
empty
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
REMOTE bits
empty
LOCAL bits
………….. 217 216 ……………..27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 65.536 Remote 1 131.072 Remote 2 262.144 Remote 3 524.288 Remote 4 1.48.576 Remote 5
F02_Page 537
= 2 Local 1 = 4 Local 2 = 8 Local 3
= = = = = Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Switching Authority Tag
In PAS CC we now can find the new tag to control and to display.
= AuthorityValue
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 538
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
2 ways to display the Switching Authority
Simple Button Local-Remote (limited to 1 PAS CC and 1 Remote Control Center)
Checkbox (for up to 3 PAS CC and up to 5 Remote Control Centers)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 539
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM symbol library
In the library we find 2 templates to control and monitor the switching authority.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 540
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring Button Switching Authority
We just have to assign our tag. The text in runtime can be „local“ or „remote“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 541
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Button Switching Authority in Runtime mode
Pressing the button just inverts the current state. With this button we just can use 2 of 8 possible bits, i.e. value 2 = local1 and value 65.536 = remote1
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 542
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring Checkbox Switching Authority
It is made for testing reasons. It can read and write all 8 bits.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 543
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
How to test the Switching Auhority
A switch operation in PAS CC must be executable, when Authority in “LOCAL”
A switch operation in PAS CC must be rejected, when Authority in “REMOTE”
An operation from the Remote Control Center should be just the opposite.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 544
26. Switching authority Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 27. WinCC User Administrator Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Task of the User Administrator
With the User Administrator we can define rights for each user. Each operatable object can be configured with a request for a certain right.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 546
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
User Administrator
Here we can define usergroups and single users, with certain rights
Note: The names of the particular rights do not have any predefined meaning! They can be edited.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 547
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Login-Function via key combination (option 1)
Press a key combination, then assign
Login and Logout can be defined with key combinations
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 548
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Login via Button (option 2)
This requires a function Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 549
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Login via button
‘1‘ stands for monitor 1 *)
*) If multiple monitors are used, the number defines on which of the monitors the login menu has to appear
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 550
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Login Popup menu in Runtime mode
The Login dialog can either be activated by a key combination (option 1) or by a function (option 2).
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 551
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
How to request a right e.g. for a switch
1st example: A circuit breaker is only to be controlled by operators with rigth level 3 (process controlling)
3
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 552
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering the requested right
requested right
owned rights
Corresponds with...
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 553
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
If operator does not have the requested right…
If the operator tries to operate an object he was not allowed, the system denies.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 554
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
How to request a right e.g. for a button
2nd example: A button is only to be controlled by operators with rigth level 10
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 555
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
User Administrator – Defining level of rights
The text can be modified The right is to be activated
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 556
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering the requested right
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 557
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
If operator does not have the requested right…
If the operator tries to operate an object he was not allowed, the system denies.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 558
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Displaying the current operator The current operator is stored in the text tag @CurrentUser
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 559
27. WinCC Administrator Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 28. Alarm Logging Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Use of Alarm Logging
Alarm Logging mainly stands for… • Event List • Alarm List
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 561
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard – Message Import
This imports all the Alarm Logging data from the pxdfile
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 562
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS Wizard - Initialisations
This checkbox creates all SICAM specific components for the Alarm Logging, e.g. SICAM specific message blocks, SICAM message classes, message types etc.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 563
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
The WinCC Explorer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 564
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Alarm Logging
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 565
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Process Value Blocks
Value Location Cause Status (Validity) Additional Cause ID number Supplementary Info T.st.=Time status SICAM Flag
current state, i.e. raised, cleared, on, off, open, close.... control source, i.e. local, remote, automatic, DIGSI local... cause of transmission chatter blocking. bay blocking, telecontrol blocking, overflow, not topical... e.g. interlocking, control authority violation,... PASCC internal identification number (Additional Information)relative time (protection) i.e. valid time, invalid time, synchronized, DST or normal time no meaning
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 566
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Classes
The message class mainly defines, wether a message is a raised/cleared message and wether it has to be acknowledged in any alarm list. A message class can consist of a number of message types which just define the colours of the message text to appear in the lists.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 567
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Classes assigned to imported messages
The Wizard automatically assigns 2 (of 6) SICAM Message Classes to all imported messages. All Single Points get the class „SICAM Message“, all Double Points and Transients get „SICAM Message DI/TR/FB“. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 568
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating an Event List in the Graphics Designer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 569
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Parameter settings of the list object
Necessary for Event List! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 570
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Startup of Alarm Logging Runtime
This starts the Alarm Logging Runtime mode
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 571
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Event List during Runtime
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 572
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Archive
The message archive stores messages in a kind of ring buffer. After a certain period of time or after a certain amount of messages the oldest entry will be overwritten.
To delete all list contents
To define the sizes, durations and backup function, see following pages… Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 573
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Archive – Examples for sizes and life time
Your Harddisk 40GB
Segment 2 Segment 1
1 message => 4kB
Reservation for Message Archiving 1GB max duration 1 year
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 574
A 100MB-Segment can store 25.000 messages
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Archive – Default Settings
Max. life time of the whole Archive 1 Week only !! After only 1 week your oldest entry would be overwritten !
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 575
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Archive – Location
from
to
yyyymmddhhmm
The archive consists of *.ldf and *.mdf files
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 576
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Message Archive – Optional Backup Message Archive
A backup path to another partion, harddisk or even to another computer can be configured Alternative path, if main path was not accessable
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 577
28. Alarm Logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 29. Redundancy Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Definition
Redundancy means to double existing resources, to increase the security. During undisturbed operation the doubled hardware would functionally not be necessary. Redundancy in SICAM PAS can be implemented in various levels: • 2 equally configured PAS/PQS systems (system redundancy) • 2 communication channels to a sub-device (interface redundancy) • 2 redundant configured sub-devices (device redundancy) • System redundancy + interface redundancy or device redundancy = Full redundancy
System redundancy
PAS
Interface redundancy
PAS
IED
IED
Process
Process
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 579
PAS
Device redundancy
PAS
IED
IED
Process
Full redundancy
PAS
IED
PAS
IED
Process
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Redundant “Full Server – DIP” Configuration
A PAS/PQS system can consist of a Full Server and up to 6 DIPs. In redundant systems both, Full Server and DIPs would be redundant. Primary Full Server
Secondary Full Server
Primary DIPs
Secondary DIPs
Sub-devices
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 580
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Simultaneous System and Interface/Device Redundancy
If enabled system redundancy and interface redundancy, there are 4 functional equal communication channels between PAS/PQS systems and sub-device. Each system is connected with the sub-device via 2 interfaces. Primary Full Server
Secondary Full Server
Primary Full Server
Primary sub-device
Secondary Full Server
Secondary Sub-device
For SICAM PAS both of the configurations are equal Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 581
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Redundant Communication with a Control Center
…with System Redundancy
…with Interface Redundancy
Control Center
Control Center
Primary Full Server
…with Full Redundancy
Secondary Full Server Control Center
Primary Full Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 582
Secondary Full Server
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
System Switchover
System switchover because of outage of the process leading system Both systems continuously exchange operation and und process data. This makes sure, that both systems always have an own complete process image of the whole substation. The system in standby mode detects the outage of the process leading system by missing responds on requests. In this case the standby system automatically takes over, and switches to leading mode.
Primary Full Server
Secondary Full Server
Continuous status and process data exchange
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 583
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
System Switchover
On outage of the process leading Full Server, the Standby-Full Server takes over and together all DIPs also switch over to the secondary system. On outage of a DIP, only this one switches over. All not affected computers remain in their current redundancy state. The leading computer remains as active, even though the previously leading computer Primary Full Server Secondary Full Server would operate again.
Primary DIPs
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 584
Secondary DIPs
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Internal Settings
Changes of operational settings, like • • • • • •
Control Authority Bay Blocking Telecontrol Blocking Substitution Flags in SoftPLC Remanent data in SoftPLC
will automatically be taken over into the „Standby“ computer. Primary Full Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 585
Secondary Full Server
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Manual Switchover
The manual system switchover always is computer specific, i.e. the redundancy state of Full Servers and DIPs can change independently. On a manual system switchover, all processes from the process leading computer will switch over to the secondary machine.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 586
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchover Time
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 587
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS CC
SICAM PAS CC always simultaneously communicates with both PAS/PQS systems to avoid any interruption of the process connection in case of a fault. This ensures, in monitoring direction, alarms and analogs always to arrive at SICAM PAS CC, independent which Full Server once provided the messages. Commands from PAS CC will always be forwarded to only one of the redundant PAS/PQS systems.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 588
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring a Redundant System
Here you have to enter the computer name and IP address of the redundant machine. A copy of this database is to be loaded into the redundant computer.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 589
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Transferring a data base to a Redundant System •Update system and tick “With database copy” •Open UI Operation on the secondary Full Server and update system once more there. A System Update on both PAS computers has just to be done the very first time. Later, a System Update has just to be initiated from one of the Full Servers. If the compatibility keys of both databases match, the system starts up and synchronizes with the partner system.
Leading system
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 590
Standby system
Selecting an object in the topological tree shows the appropriate redundancy status
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Status of Redundancy With System and Interface redundancy, we now see the status of all 4 interfaces.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 591
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Status indication in a redundant system
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 592
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Component based Redundancy
Control Center
SICAM PAS Slave
101
HMI SICAM PAS CC
HMI
PAS 1 prim.
Base
101
Initial situation HMI
Base
Master 61850
101
61850
101
PAS 2 sec.
PAS 1 is primary system. All drivers working properly. PAS 2 is secondary system. Drivers are in “Standby”. Process images are up to date. HMI communicates simultaneously with PAS 1 and PAS 2.
IED RTU
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 593
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Scenario 1
Control Center
SICAM PAS Slave
101
HMI SICAM PAS CC
HMI
PAS 1 prim.
Base
101
Redundancy Scenario 1 HMI
Base
Master 61850
101
61850
101
PAS 2 sec.
Communication between RTU and PAS 1 disturbed. All undisturbed drivers in PAS 1 remain active. T101 Master driver in secondary system (PAS 2) takes over communication with RTU.
IED RTU
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 594
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Scenario 2 Redundancy Scenario 2 Control Center
SICAM PAS Slave
101
HMI SICAM PAS CC
HMI
PAS 1 prim.
101
HMI
Base Base
Base
Master 61850
101
61850
101
IED RTU
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 595
PAS 2 sec.
SoftPLC or another ‚Base‘ component of primary system (PAS 1) fails. Undisturbed drivers in primary system remain active. ‚Base‘ with all it‘s components will be activated in secondary system (PAS 2). ‚Base‘ contains following components: - DSI - Automation (SoftPLC) - OPC, ILSA, Profibus - TG8979, CDT (- PQS Applications)
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Switchover of Components A switchover will be executed, if a current process-leading component was disturbed. The option taken depends on the affected component and the current error. A switchover can happen for • the entire PAS system • an application (with several interfaces and several devices) • a single interface (with several devices) • a single device • the Base-Group consisting of… central components • DSI Central Server • Configuration Data Base • SoftPLC • Archive • PQS Applications
Master Protocols • PROFIBUS FMS • PROFIBUS DP • OPC Client • SINAUT LSA ILSA
V7 Protocols
Slave Protocols • TG8979 Slave • CDT Slave • OPC XML-DA Server • OPC Server
V6 Protocols
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 596
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Single Channel IEDs
Control Center
HMI SICAM PAS CC
SICAM PAS
PAS 1 prim.
PAS 2 sec.
Supported for serial protocols like - IEC60870-5-101 - IEC60870-5-103 - DNP 3 - Modbus IEDs connected to both computers via Modem Splitter
serial Master
Serial Hub
Serial Hub
Modem Splitter
IED
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 597
Serial connection of IEDs with one interface only
Modem Splitter
For protocols supporting „Standby Mode“: The Standby driver in secondary system „listens on the line“: Process image is always up to date, but no activities in control direction.
IED
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
IED Redundancy / Interface Redundancy
Control Center
HMI SICAM PAS CC
SICAM PAS
Supported especially for TCP/IP protocols IEC 61850 IEC 60870-5-104 and even for serial protocols IEC60870-5-101 IEC60870-5-103 and with slightly different functionality even for DNP 3 Modbus
„ONE process image“
Master
IED
IED IED
„ONE process“
„ONE process“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 598
Connection of - doubled IEDs for same process objects or - one IED connected with two independent interfaces.
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
IED Redundancy and System Redundancy
Control Center
SICAM PAS
Support of “doubled IEDs” with redundant SICAM PAS
HMI SICAM PAS CC
PAS 1 prim.
PAS 2 sec.
„ONE process image“
“System Redundancy” + “Interface Redundancy”
„ONE process image“
Master
IED
IED IED
„ONE process“
„ONE process“
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 599
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication with Control Center Control Center (CC) supports two interfaces for communication with redundant substation independent mode Control Center
CC can establish two independent links to the redundant substation. CC receives all information in monitoring direction but is only allowed to send commands via one channel. In case that CC keeps just one channel active and changes the communication channel due to lost communication or for other reasons, the SICAM PAS ensures that…
T101 DNP 3 Modbus
PAS 1 prim. Base
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 600
PAS 2 sec. Base
•An Event loss during switch over will be avoided with Offline telegram buffer. •The number of the events being transferred redundantly will be limited by a time setting for the Offline telegram buffer. •In SICAM PAS CC the telecontrol commands will correctly be reported independent which communication channel is currently used.
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Control Center with one interface only
The Control Center just supports one interface down to the redundant substation dependent mode Control Center
In this example a Modem Splitter is used. T101
Modem Splitter
IEC60870-5-101 Standby driver receives telegrams, but does not send any telegram. Offline telegram buffer keeps latest messages internally.
PAS 1 prim. Base
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 601
PAS 2 sec. Base
DNP standby driver does not receive telegrams, but Offline telegram buffer keeps latest messages internally. Modbus Standby driver is not active
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication via Modem Splitter and Serial Hub
Control Center
T101
Same as in preceding example (dependent mode) with the only difference: Usage of external com ports on Serial Hub.
Modem Splitter
Serial Hub Ethernet TCP/IP
PAS 1 prim. Base
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 602
PAS 2 sec. Base
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Control Center with 2 Interfaces
The Control Center just supports one communication link down to the substation, but this one in double channel mode. Control Center
In this example two Modem Splitters are used. The Control Center can change the communication channel independent of the substation, but remains connected to PAS 1. No loss of data and no redundant information transfer.
T101
Modem Spitter
Modem Spitter
A status change from PAS 1 to PAS 2 can only happen due to other switchover criteria.
PAS 1 prim. Base
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 603
PAS 2 sec. Base
The offline telegram buffer makes sure, no data loss to be lost, and just a limited amount of messages sent redundantly.
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Communication via Network
Control Center IP1
IP2
The Control Center will release the exchange of operational data (STARTDT) for one WAN-connection to the substation (e.g. between IP1 and PAS1). The other communication link to the substation (from IP2 to PAS2) will be established on link layer only, and checked exchanging test frames.
IEC60870-5-104 LAN/WAN
Router
Router
In this example the Control Center is connected to the substation with IEC 60870-5-104.
Ethernet TCP/IP
The Control Center can activate (STARTDT) the other communication link independent of the redundancy status of the substation.
PAS 1 prim. Base
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 604
PAS 2 sec. Base
Also in the case, that the link to PAS 2 will be activated, the command reporting in the substation HMI (SICAM PAS CC) will be processed correctly and completely.
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Dependency Redundant interfaces in SICAM PAS can be set up in independent or dependent mode. If the communication partner can only communicate with one master – e.g. protection devices with a serial interface – the interface must be parameterized in dependent mode. One interface, one master only
Several interfaces, several masters
In dependent mode, all devices of an interface would switch over in case of a failure. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 605
If the communication partner is equipped with 2 serial interfaces, or if the communication partner supports several masters, the independent mode can be defined.
In independent mode, just one device switches over in case of a failure.
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample 1 : Dependent Communication
PAS
PAS
PAS
S
S RTU / IED
Interface Switchover
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 606
PAS
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample 2 : Dependent Communication
PAS
PAS
PAS
S
S RTU / IED
No Switchover
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 607
PAS
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample 3: Independent Communication
PAS
PAS
RTU / IED
Single IED Switchover
PAS
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
RTU / IED
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 608
PAS
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
How to configure Dependency
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 609
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Network Configuration for Redundant Systems Redundant systems exchange process and system data among each other during operation. Therefore they use a network adapter. In order to minimize the risk of redundancy failures due to a network cable problem, we strongly recommend the use of a teaming adapter for communication among the two systems. System redundancy only works when all SICAM PAS computers are in the same domain with the same user logged in.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 610
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Network Configuration with several Network adapters You have to define, which network adapter is to be used as a System Adapter (network adapter connected to the redundant system). After SICAM PAS SW installation and reboot, the installation program detects, if more than 1 network adapter was available. Subsequently the tool MediaSenseCheck automatically opens.
Can even be opened manually:
Program path C:\Siemens\Energy\SySrv\Bin\MediaSenseChk2.exe Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 611
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file
The HOSTS file contains the assignment of IP address to computer name. C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers\etc\hosts You have to modify the file in all PAS/PQS computers. Here just enter the IP address of the system adapters of both Full Servers and all DIPs (and not IP addresses of any other network adapters). The recommended procedure follows on the next pages.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 612
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Open properties of My Network Places on the Desktop
Open properties of LAN Connection
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 613
Open properties of Internet Protocol
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 614
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Choose path in drop down menu:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 615
C:/Windows/system32/drivers/etc 29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Choose file and (!) open with Notepad using right hand mouse key. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 616
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Enter primary and secondary Full Servers and DIPs with their IP addresses and names. Save and exit.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 617
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Now, after Notepad disappeared, press the open key in the window, which is now on top. This automatically copies the content of the Hosts file into the LMHosts file! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 618
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Also open LMHosts file with Notepad and check entries Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 619
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Modifying the HOSTS file – Proceeding
Now close all open windows with OK. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 620
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Check order of network adapters
Select Advanced and Advanced Settings in the window Network Connections, which is still open.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 621
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Check order of network adapters
The System Adapter has to be moved to top position.
Settings > Network Connections > Advanced > Advanced Settings. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 622
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Final Test
As final test send a PING with name resolution from and to all involved computers.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 623
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Booting Redundant Systems Point of view of each of the two single machines PAS/PQS-System starts
Name of Partner system can be resolved?
N
Booting stops
J Partner system already running?
J
Does Compkey match?
N
Booting stops
J
N Get configuration from own DB
Get configuration from own DB
Systems synchronises
Runtime system active
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 624
29. SICAM PAS redundancy Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 30. Station Unit Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Overview
V2.20 is based on V2.10 and provides: Additional hardware Improved Software functions Updated User Documentation Key Facts of SICAM Station Unit Preferred Hardware for SICAM PAS Based on Compact PCI Hardware is designed for rugged environment Enhanced Temperature Range • for Operation:-10 to +55°C • for Storage: -40 to +80°C No rotating parts (except the RAID option), no fan Maintenance free Operating System (Windows Embedded Standard) is tailored and optimized for requirements of SICAM PAS Software Redundant Power Suppliy for high availability 19 inch System Rack can be easily mounted in cabinet Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 626
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
CPU Module
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 627
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Three CPU Types available Single Core CPU – The Classic Version Recommended for use with older versions of SICAM PAS (e.g.v5.11) and standard substation automation configurations Intel Celeron M440 1.86GHz based on single core processor technology 2 GByte RAM, 2x4GByte CF Cards Dual Core CPU RAID – Optimized for Power Quality Recommended for use Power Quality Applications Intel Core 2 Duo L7500 1.6GHz based on dual core processor technology 4 GByte RAM, 2 x 4GByte CF Cards 2 x 100GB HDD-based RAID-Level 1 System for excellent availability of archive data Dual Core CPU – Best Performance Best Performance for SICAM PAS Intel Core Duo T2500 2GHz based on dual core processor technology 2 GByte RAM, 2x4GByte CF Cards approx. 2 x faster than the classic version Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 628
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
CPU Features I
2 x Network Interfaces (10/100/1000 MBit/s) available for independent use and adapter teaming
4 x USB 2.0 Ports at front 2 on left are high current, in total 1A For USB hard disks that require more current for start up 2 on right are standard, 500mA per Port
VGA Adapter (Maximum resolution: 2048 x 1536 pixels 16M colors @ 75Hz refresh rate) 1 x Serial Port Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 629
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
CPU Features II
2 x 4GByte Compact Flash Cards: one card for Operating System, Application Software and Database one card for temporary data, logs, ..
Soldered memory instead of DIMM socket
Shock-proof Design Sensors for monitoring of CPU temperature on board No battery (gold cap is used for buffering)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 630
Big Cooling Element / No Fan for increased reliability
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Compact PCI Slots
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 631
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Digital I/Os
Digital I/O Board 32 binary signals, can individually be configured as input or output I/O voltage range: 12..32V Max. Input Current 0/1: 10µA/1.9A Driver SICAM PAS V6.00 is available for download (Share Point) Can be used with SICAM Station Version V2.10 and newer The used carrier board supports two Digital I/O Modules within one SICAM Station Unit Cables with 44-pin D-Sub connector and open end (pig-tail) with length of 2m and 10m are available as accessories.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 632
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Serial Interfaces
New Hardware: COM-Port Expander 8 x RS232 or RS485 (configurable per port) Compact PCI card – No PCI-bridge is needed 1 x 8-connector cable Can be used with SICAM Station Version V2.10 or newer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 633
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
PCI Adapter (Optional)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 634
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
PCI-Adapter (Optional)
Provides 4 additional PCI Slots for enhancement 4 Status LEDs for indicating the function of the module Typical enhancements are: • • • •
HOPF GPS/DCF77 Card CP5613 Card for Profibus Communication MOXA CP-114 (4-port RS-422/485) Additional Ethernet Ports, i.e. Intel PRO 1000
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 635
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Internal USB Ports
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 636
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Internal USB Ports
Two additional USB ports are available on the backplane inside of the SICAM Station Unit It is recommended to use them for the SICAM PAS USB Dongle in order to protect them from unauthorized access.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 637
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Power Supply Control Module
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 638
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Power Supply Control Module (PS CM)
Redundancy Management of the Power Supply Modules Four Status LEDs Eight potential-free Output Contacts additional life contacts are supported Contact 1 indicates Hardware is alive Contact 2 indicates OS running Contact 3 indicates the SICAM PAS Driver is running 5 binary output contacts are available for user- defined purposes Protocol Application for SICAM PAS V6.00 and V7.00 available
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 639
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Power Supply Modules
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 640
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Power Supply Modules
2 different modules are available •24 to 60 VDC - ± 10% •110 to 230 VDC & VAC, 50/60Hz (all in one) - ± 10% Single or Redundant (only one supplies power at a time) Switchover without reboot The non active power supply can be removed during operation Modules mixable (e.g. one for battery & one for station power) Status LEDs (shows active power supply) Rating: 120W 40ms Buffer for voltage sags and dips
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 641
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – Overview
New Operating System Windows Embedded Standard 2009 File Based Write Filter (FBWF) is used instead of EWF for protection of CF Cards Tools for Raid Monitoring are available Tool for Swissbit CF Card New release of Adobe Acrobat Reader New release of Automation License Manager (ALM, used for Profibus environment) is in scope of delivery This version supports the File Based Write Filter (FBWF) SICAM Station Unit V2.20 is released for use with SICAM PAS V5.11, V6.00 and V7.00 Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 642
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software - Recovery DVDs
A Set of three Recovery DVDs will be delivered Three different images are available on this DVD (one for single core, one for dual core and one for dual core cpu with RAID) for restoring the factory settings Tools for backup and recovery are on the DVDs as well Delivery without pre-installed SICAM PAS Customer decides about the installation of a SICAM PAS version at his choice De-installation of a pre-installed version is not necessary
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 643
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – Diagnosis
Improved Diagnosis Capability additional information for diagnosis is available Collected information about hardware and software can be stored in a zipped file Following information will be collected all information which are usually available via SNMP, like memory consumption, free disk space, CPU temperature and so on Versions of installed DLLs temporary files / log files Makes it easier for the customer to provide sufficient information for trouble shooting and support by Customer Care/Hotline
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 644
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – RAID System Console
This tools supports maintenance of the RAID System Used to check the harddisks for defects Recommendation: Regular checks with this tool every two month, after a life time of more than three years monthly Defective hard disks should be replaced immediately
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 645
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – Compact Flash Card Monitor
This tools supports maintenance Compact Flash Disc Step by step: Copy the executable SBLTM.exe from the Recovery DVD into a folder on partition Y: Start the program from drive Y: , select “Drive 0” on the left hand side and then click on the tab “Overview” If you see three times “PASS” then the CF card is ok. Otherwise contact the hotline for support. Recommendation: Regular checks with this tool every two month, after a life time of more than three years monthly Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 646
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – File Based Write Filter FBWF
FBWF redirects disk writes to memory Non Persistent Easy FBWF handling and status overview •Available RAM can be monitored via SNMP •In opposite to the EWF the RAM usage of the FBWF is limited.
Following files are not protected by FBWF:
Windows Event Log Files SICAM PAS Datenbank Verzeichnis \AX NF ZZ (verw. von SIMATIC ALM)
File-Based Write Filter Read
4GB CF Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 647
Read / Write
RAM Overlay Y: RAM Overlay C:
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – File Based Write Filter FBWF
C: Enable Y: Enable
- Enable File Based Write Filter for volume C: or Y:
C: Disable Y: Disable
- Disable File Base Write Filter for volume C: or Y:
Prevent Restart
- After enabling/disabling of the FBWF for a certain volume a reboot of the device is needed. This command is used to suppress this restart.
FBWF Tray Display
- Starts the Icon in tray in the Windows Status Bar. The tray is used to be started automatically.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 648
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – Routing Tool
User Interface for configuration of routing parameters Route from Engineering PC to the IED with DIGSI
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 649
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – Digital I/O Driver for SICAM PAS
Digital I/O Driver Add-On for SICAM PAS V6.00 Available for download at Share Point or from local Siemens partner Can be easily installed on top of SICAM PAS V6.00 Scope of delivery Setup for Installation on top of SICAM PAS V6.00 Service Information for installation and configuration of this driver Pre-defined device descriptions for PSCM and Digital I/O Board SICAM PAS V7.00 and higher have this driver installed by default Features support of potential-free binary output contacts of the Power Supply Control Module (PSCM) support of binary contacts on Digital I/O board •output contacts can be configured for use as Single Command Double Command Bit String Command •Input Contacts can be configured for use as Single Point Information Double Point Information Bit String Information Power Supply Switch-Over •Double Command can be configured in order support switching between redundant power supplies Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 650
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – SNMP with SICAM PAS
The Station Unit can be monitored in SICAM PAS via SNMP
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 651
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Software – SNMP with a MIB Browser
The Station Unit can be monitored with a MIB Browser via SNMP (more variables & functionality)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 652
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Cyber Security
Requirements of NERC CIP standard and BDEW White Paper (formerly released as RWE White Book) are addressed BIOS Password Secure Default Settings for BIOS and Operating System •User Enforced to Change Password after first logon •Password Complexity •Password will expire after 42 days User Documentation: •Disaster Recovery Plan Image is prepared for installation of antivirus software and intrusion detection system Installation of security patches is possible (via Device Update Agent - DUA) Only those components are installed which necessary for SICAM PAS (and related applications). Unused ports and services are disabled by default
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 653
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Delivery Structure – Complete Device
1 2 3 6 M D
Or der Num be r : Ve r sion Pr im ar y Pow e r Supply:
V ersi on 2.20 DC 24 – 60
A C / DC 110 – 23 0V Se c ondar y Pow e r Supply: DC 24 – 60 V A C / DC 110 – 23 0V No se cond ary po w er su pply CPU Type :
I/O Boar ds :
CPU Mod ule w i th Sing le Co re CPU ( Ce leron M 4 40, 1 .8 6GHz), 2 x 4 GB CF, 2 GB RAM, Ima ge SU V 2.2 0, Bac ku p DV D CPU Mod ule w i th Dual Core CPU ( Co re Du o T250 0, 2 GHz), 2 x 4 GB CF, 2 GB RAM, Imag e SU V2 .20 , Backup DVD CPU Mod ule w i th Dual Core CPU w ith RAID system ( Intel Co re 2 Du o L750 0, 1.6GHz ), 2 x 2 GB CF, 4 GB RAM, Imag e SU V2.20, Backup DV D, incl. RA ID c ontrolle r a nd RAID Sy stem Lev el 1 i ncl. 1 00 GByte disks Non e One Digital I/O Modu le (32 bin ary con ta cts) Tw o Digital I/O Modu le (64 bin ary co nta cts)
PC I - Adapte r :
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 654
Without PCI – A dapter With PCI – Ad apter
COM Por t Expande r:
Without COM Port Exp ande r 8 p orts, inc l. Oc to pus Cabl e
Guar ante e Exte nsion:
Stand ard 2 yea r g uara ntee Guara ntee for 3rd y ear
4 9
5 1
6
7
2
2
8 -
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 0 -
0 A B A B C 0 1
2 0 1 2 A B A B 0 1
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Delivery Structure – Spare Parts & Accessories
Order Number
1 2 3 6 M D
4 9
Version: Version V2.20 Power Supply: DC 24-60V AC / DC 110-230V Power Supply Control Module CPU
5 9
6
7
8 -
| | 6 2
| | 7 2
| | 8 0
9 10 A | | | | 10 A A A 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 0 - 0 A A 0 | | | | 11 0 1 8 11
CPU Module with Single Core CPU (Celeron® M 440, 1.86GHz), 2 x 4GB CF, 2GB RAM, Image SU V2 20, Recovery DVD Set
B
0
CPU Module with Dual Core CPU (Core Duo T2500, 2GHz), 2 x 4GB CF, 2GB RAM, Image SU V2 20, Recovery DVD Set
B
1
B 10 C C 10 D D 10 E E
2 11 0 1 11 0 1 11 0 1
CPU Module with Dual Core CPU for Raid System (Intel Core 2 Duo L7500 1.6GHz), 2 x 4GB CF, 4GB RAM, Image SU V2 20, Recovery DVD Set, incl. Raid Controller
Data Storage 4GB Compact Flash Card 100 GB Harddisk for Raid System only PCI-Adapter PCI-Adapter Front Plate replacement for PCI Bridge Com Port Expander 8 Ports, incl. Octopus Cable Octopus Cable
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 655
Order Number
1 2 3 6 M D
4 9
5 9
6
7
8 -
| | 6 2
| | 7 2
| | 8 0
Version: Version V2.20 I/O Module Digital I/O Module (32 contacts) Carrier Board for I/O Modules 44-pin D-Sub Connector with cable (2 meters) and pigtail 44-pin D-Sub Connector with cable (10 meters) and pigtail Miscelaneus Front Cover System Rack without modules and power supplies USB DVD Drive Upgrade Upgrade Kit for SICAM Station V2.00 / V2.10 consists of - 2 x 4GB CF cards, - 1 x Recovery DVD Set incl.Upgrade License for Windows Embedded Standard (COA Sticker) Software Recovery DVD Set (without MS License)
9 10 A | | | | 10 F F
11 12 13 14 15 16 0 - 0 A A 0 | | | | 11 0 1
F
2
F 10 G G G 10
3 11 0 1 2 11
H 1 10 11 S 1
30. Station Unit Siemens Power Academy TD
Comparison of a Standard PC with SICAM PAS
Standard HW / SW (Windows XP)
SICAM PAS enhanced Solution
Standard PCs are more sensitive to surge effects
SICAM PAS uses SIEMENS Industrial PCs (IPC) compliant with highest industrial standards
Low reliability of PC, e.g. hard disk failures no watchdog
SICAM PAS uses IPC & Compact Flash Cards, i.e. no moving parts such as hard disks or fans SIEMENS IPC has a built in watchdog
Lower reliability of Windows based systems
SICAM PAS runs on Windows XP Embedded (WXPE) OS, i.e. the OS is specially tailored for the SA application
Power Supply failure w/o proper shut down SICAM PAS Station uses the enhanced can lead system to hang, i.e. no automatic write filter technology to protect system unattended reboot partition Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
SICAM PAS uses WXPE OS, i.e. the OS is Siemens Power Academy TD specially tailored for improved virus protection
30. Station Unit PC / Windows system: Danger of viruses
F02_Page 656
Delivery Structure – Spare Parts & Accessories
Standard HW / SW (Windows XP)
SICAM PAS enhanced Solution
DC – AC converter is required to power the PC from the station battery
SICAM PAS uses SIEMENS IPC with a DC Power Supply
No redundant power supply
Redundant power supply, switchover without reboot
Standard PCs have reduced temperature range
SICAM PAS uses IPC with higher temperature range 0°to 55°C environment temperature w/o fan (with no PCI cards)
Standard PCs are leading users to "play" with the systems
SICAM Station Unit has no floppy & CD Rom drive. SICAM Station Unit runs Windows XP Embedded (WXPE) OS, i.e. the OS is especially tailored for the SA application no games, multimedia etc.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
30. Station Unit
It657 is very difficult to get spare parts due to F02_Page
SICAM PAS Station Unit guarantees up to 10TD Siemens Power Academy
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 31. Project Configurations Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
IEC 61850 Ethernet Medium: FO Ring
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet FO
Local HMI
Router Control Centre Converter
Diagnosis
100 MBit - Ethernet-network IEC61850 FO-ring with ring management
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 659
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet Configuration: Electrical Star
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet FO
Local HMI
Router Control Centre
Diagnosis
16 Interfaces RJ45 (CAT 5-Standard)
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 660
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet FO-Ring with RuggedCom
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet LWL
Local HMI
Router Control Centre
Switch
Diagnosis
62,5µ or 50µ , 1300nm
Switch
100 MBit - Ethernet-network IEC61850 FO-ring with ring management
Switch
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 661
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet FO-Ring with optical EN100
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet LWL
Local HMI
Router Control Centre
Diagnosis
Switch 62,5µ or 50µ , 1300nm
100 MBit - Ethernet-network IEC61850 FO-ring with ring management
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 662
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet – Partial Redundant FO-Ring
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet LWL
Local HMI
Router Control Centre
Switch
Diagnosis
Switch 62,5µ or 50µ , 1300nm 100 MBit - Ethernet-Network IEC61850 FO-ring with ring management
Switch
Switch
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 663
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet - Redundant FO-Ring
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Ethernet RJ45 Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet LWL
Local HMI
Router
Control Centre
Switch
Diagnosis
Switch 100 MBit - Ethernet-network IEC61850 FO-Ring with ring management
Switch Switch
62,5µ or 50µ , 1300nm
Switch Switch
Field 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 664
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC 61850 Ethernet - with redundant PAS Ethernet RJ45
IEC60870-5-104
Central Functions
Corporate Network TCP/IP
Ethernet LWL
Local HMI
Router
Control Centre
Diagnosis
Switch Switch 100 MBit - Ethernet-network IEC61850 FO-ring with ring management
62,5µ or 50µ , 1300nm
Switch
Switch
Which complexity is still wise? Feld 1 ... n
Switchgear Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 665
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project : Switchgear in Switzerland
Corporate Network TCP/IP
First IEC61850-Project medium voltage, 9 bays
Control Centre
IEC60870-5-101 Ethernet TCP/IP
SICAM miniRTU for general informations
SICAM Station Unit
IEC60870-5-101
Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP with IEC61850
Switchgear
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 666
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Oil Refinery, Germany 40 medium voltage bays, all with IEC61850 Impass Control Centre
Control Centre IEC 60870-5-101
IEC 60870-5-104
General station indications
SICAM PAS Server BB-Section I
SICAM PAS Server BB-Section II Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP
Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP with IEC61850
Schaltanlage Switchgear- -Section Abschnitt I I Main protection and control
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 667
SICAM PAS Server Backup-Protection
IEC61850 and IEC60870-5-104
Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP with IEC61850
Schaltanlage Switchgear –-Section Abschnitt II II Main protection and control
Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP with IEC61850
Schaltanlage Switchgear – Section Abschnitt I and I und II II Backup-protection
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Automobile Production, Germany
New PAS-Network for existing LSA678 and SINAUT LSA field devices. About 300 MV- and LV-fields About 8000 data points HMI via WebNavigator Alarm indications with SMS
Station Bus Ethernet TCP/IP
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 668
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Brown coal open-cut mine, Germany Remote operator terminal
IEC61850-Pilot project 160 bays
Office-PC -
Control Centre IEC 60870-5-101 Connection to Transformer monitoring
SICAM PAS Server/DIP Overall system SICAM PAS CC Local HMI
10km
Bay units for general station indications
IEC 60870-5-101
4 small RTUs SICAM miniRTU
Station bus Ethernet TCP/IP with IEC61850
Station bus Ethernet with IEC61850
Schaltanlage - 110kV High voltage incoming supply -
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 669
Station bus Ethernet with IEC61850
Schaltanlage- 26/6kV Main switchgear medium voltage
Station bus Ethernet with IEC61850
Schaltanlage- 6kV Medium voltage distribution Conveyor belt collector point
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Utility, Berlin 110/10kV
95 protection relays with IEC103 24 bay units with IEC61850 3 Voltage regulators with IEC61850 Redundant IEC104 to Control Center
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 670
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Utility, Peru 66/22.5/10kV
Control Centre
SICAM PAS
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 671
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: National Utility, Brazil
138 / 13.8kV Load shedding - function
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 672
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: Fertilizer Factory, Brazil
145 protection relays in 9 Ethernet rings
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 673
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project : Gasoline Refinery Brazil 13.8/4.16/0.48kV
Optical 100 MBit Ethernet-ring
500 GOOSE-Information
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 674
1300 GOOSE-Information
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: VAE 400/132/22kV
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 675
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Real Project: VAE 400/132/22kV
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 676
31. Project configurations Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 32. Normalization Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Normalization - What can I do with this function?
Modification of values Scaling of measurements and counter values Inverting single or double point indications Adaptation of transformer tap position indications
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 678
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Column „Normalization“ in „Mapping“
Each information point (Monitoring- and Command Direction) can be assigned both, for incoming messages (Master-Interface), and for outgoing messages (Slave-Interface) to a Normalization to modify values. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 679
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Create a Normalization Templates
With a right-hand mouse click, a new normalization can be created
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 680
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Example 1: Scaling a measured value
For measurements the input type and conversion type are important! The scaling factor has to be entered here. Offset of the value range
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 681
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Example 1: Normalization as multiple-used template
The new Normalization appears in the right-hand properties window Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 682
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Example 1: Assignment of normalization in Mapping
Assign Normalization Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 683
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Example 2: Inverting a single point indication
For indications Input type Digital, Conversion type Conversion
1(OFF) becomes 2 (ON) 2 (ON) becomes 1 (OFF) (for single and double indications)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 684
32. Normalization Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 33. System Variables Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
System Variables
Each device has a set of System Variables in the PAS system:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 686
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Device Monitoring
_Opr = monitoring information 1= communication with device running 0= communication with device stopped _Adm = control information 1= enable communication with device 0= stop communication with device Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 687
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Device Monitoring
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 688
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Device Monitoring
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 689
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Device Monitoring
Device has started, GI has finished (often used as a condition in logic functions)
Communication failed (often used to log in event/alarm list)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 690
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Device Monitoring
Value
1 0
_Opr
2 1
_ComFault
2 1
_OprReady Time GI
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 691
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for Information Blocking
Blk_Opr = monitoring information for Bay Blocking and Telecontrol Blocking
131072=Bay blocked 196608=Teletransmission blocked 262144=both blocked 65536=no blockings
Blk_Adm = control information for Bay Blocking and Telecontrol Blocking
131072=block bay level 196608=block teletransmission 262144=block both 65536=unblock
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 692
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
Bay Blocking
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 693
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
Bay Blocking
Note: Telecontrol Blocking is not specifically indicated in the Value Viewer All the information of the respective device will be diplayed as held information in the ValueViewer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 694
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for GI
Both of the commands can be activated by buttons in UI-Operation Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 695
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for GI
Regular GI
Overall Process Image
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 696
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
System Variables for GI
Internal GI (e.g. after modifications in ValueViewer)
Overall Process Image
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 697
Interface specific image
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
Meaning of further Status Messages
…for IEC 60870-5-101 protocol
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 698
33. System variables Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 34. OPC Communication with COM / DCOM Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
What is OPC ?
OPC stands for OLE (Object Linking and Embedding) for Process Control is the automation industry‘s version of OLE provides an open, flexible, plug-and-play software standard for software interoperability in the automation industry specific to the automation industry and its' unique needs for data communication (alarming, historical data access and trending, batch and more) OPC Foundation with now more than 220 companies, an independent organization, is responsible for the specification. www.opcfoundation.org Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 700
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
What is OPC ?
OPC is based on OLE, COM (component object model) and DCOM (distributed component object model) technologies consists of a standard set of interfaces, properties and methods for use in process- control and manufacturing automation application
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 701
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
Why is OPC ?
Openness System-wide operation between automation products of different manufacturers Data are only acquired once from field level right up to operational control level Access to MS-Office under Windows
Ease of Use Same user interface for different components
Performance C++ interface Efficient data access through volume operations Requirement-oriented client-server communication
Connectability Can be reached by any computer in the LAN/WAN (via COM/DCOM)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 702
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
How does OPC work ?
OPC Client OPC Client
Initiates OPC communications Read/write requests
OPC OPC
OPC Server
Communications based on COM/DCOM Data: single or in groups
OPC Server Executes client requests Cyclically/change-driven Makes own data available
Note: SICAM PAS supports OPC Server and OPC Client Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 703
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of OPC data flow (Example)
Network Network From any To any client server
PAS CC HMI system
PAS
OPC Client
OPC Server
Routing
miniRTU IEC101 slave Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 704
IEC101 master
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Configuring a common account
Open Computer Management
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 705
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Configuring a common account
Add the desired account, e.g. „Schulung“ to Administrators group
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 706
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Default Properties for DCOM
Enter „dcomcnfg“ to open the desired dialog
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 707
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Default Properties for DCOM
Default properties have to be entered on both of the computers
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 708
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: COM Security
3
4
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 709
1
Permissions have to be configured in all the 4 buttons see following pages
2
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Access Permissions, Default
1
Enter desired account, check name, press ok
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 710
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Default
1
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 711
2
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Default
3
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 712
3
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Limits
4
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 713
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Assigning new Administrator
Select „DCOM Config“ in the Component Services window. Warnings like these indicate not properly entered programs in the Windows Registry. Just acknowledge them with YES.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 714
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Assigning new Administrator
Open OpcEnum properties, select Identidy tab and enter again the desired account and password. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 715
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: Assigning new Administrator
Open Security tab and assign the new account once more to „configuratuion permissions“ Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 716
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: for local accounts
Administative Tools Local Security Policy
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 717
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server & Client: for local accounts
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 718
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server
OPC Server specific parameterization
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 719
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server: Feature Enabler without Password
The OPC Server is included in the Basic Packet of SICAM Full Server. Nevertheless the application has to be released with the Feature Enabler. This does not require a password.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 720
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server: Assigning new Administrator
Open the properties of the SIEMENS SICAM PAS OPC DA Server, Open Identidy tab and assign the new account once more. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 721
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server: UI-Configuration
The „Virtual Devicet“ summarizes all information to be transferred by OPC.
Has to be entered
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 722
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server: Mapping
Enable information, which has to be routed to any OPC client
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 723
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Server: UI-Operation Update System. Start the OPC Server (remains in „Pending Up“) Data is now ready for being polled by a client.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 724
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client
OPC Client specific parameterization
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 725
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Feature Enabler with Password
The OPC Client is an option. The application has to be released with the Feature Enabler using an appropriate password.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 726
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
SSR: Assigning new Administrator
Now select the Services, open the properties of the PAS OPC Client, Open LogOn tab and assign the new account once more. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 727
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
SSR: Assigning new Administrator
Now restart SSR
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 728
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client
Enter OPC Client and interface.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 729
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Selecting an OPC server
Select the Computer Name parameter and hit the browser button to browse for an OPC Server computer. Note: The red parameter field is not yet to be configured.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 730
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Selecting an OPC server
Open the Local Network, select the desired computer name, and mark the OPCServer.SICAM_PAS_DA
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 731
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Selecting an OPC server
Computer name and OPC Server have now been entered.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 732
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Entering a device
Now enter a device. The device represents the physical device to communicate with. Browse for the desired variables in Value Selection Box
Opening the “Selection Box”, the OPC-Server already turns to RUN Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 733
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Variables supplied by the server
Browse to that level, that displays your desired information and map it.
While browsing for the desired variables, the OPC-Server already is in RUN Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 734
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Templates
The new OPC device appears also as a Template
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 735
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Correct protocol information types
The protocol information types have to be corrected manually, because they all appear as SP (OPC does not support exchange of PAS information types) Commands always appear as SC and they have to remain as such ! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 736
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Mapping
With the USE information is made available for all the routing, e.g. to PAS CC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 737
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: UI-Operation
First update system, then start OPC Client Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 738
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
Known (Windows-)problems
Under Windows XP SP2 you may have problems with access rights between server and client. Then please follow these instructions:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 739
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: overwriting limits
Open Aministative Tools Local Security Policy
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 740
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
OPC Client: Security options - DCOM
Open properties for both of the DCOM restrictions. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 741
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
DCOM Machine Access Restrictions Add Remote Access for ANONYMOUS-LOGON, Then enter new account with the same rights.
These settings disable the buttons “Edit Limits” in the computer properties on page 11. Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 742
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
DCOM Machine Launch Restrictions
Enter again the new account with all rights.
A Restart is recommended after these settings.
These settings disable the buttons “Edit Limits” in the computer properties on page 11.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 743
34. OPC with COM/DCOM Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 35. OPC-XML-Server Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Basics
OPC XML-DA Server is a protocol for SICAM PAS. Microsoft IIS-Server is used as WebServer for OPC XML-DA. This allows data exchange of SICAM PAS with any OPC XML-DA Client. OPC XML-DA Server and OPC XML-DA Client are installed on different PCs, the communication runs on TCP/IP. The open communication provides data exchange with other Systems, which are based on Microsoft Windows, but also on other operating systems, e.g. LINUX. OPC XML-DA Server supports the exchange of structured information (process data) via Internet using XML (EXtensible Markup Language). The OPC XML-DA Client can set protocol parameters through the OPC XML-DA Server and can read and write all values, which in SICAM PAS UI have been mapped to OPC XML-DA.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 745
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Difference to previous OPC
„normales“ PreviousOPC OPCDA DA
OPC XML-DA Control Center
Windows OPC DA Client
OPC XML-DA Client
Windows or other Operating System
LAN,
WAN / Internet
LAN
SICAM PAS SICAM PAS
OPC
DA Server
The „normal“ COM/DCOM based OPC is Limited to Windows Operating Systems Causes problems when communicating over Firewalls.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 746
IIS
Microsoft Webserver
OPC
XML-DA Server
OPC XML-DA overcomes both disadvantages. Additionally possible: Secure communication with https
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Overview of OPC data flow (Example)
PAS Computer
IIS Server OPC Server
RTU IEC101 slave
Client Computer LAN LANor or WAN WAN Network Network
Softing OPC Client
Routing
IEC101 master
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 747
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Pre-Conditions
Windows IIS (Internet Information Server) from Version 5.1 forward is to be installed on your PAS computer (Attention with CAT-Clients, contact your IT Service!)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 748
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating OPC XML-DA Server in PAS
It‘s as simple as that: o Create the 3 levels o Map your information o Ready
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 749
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Starting OPC XML-DA Server in Runtime
Update System and start OPC branch
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 750
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client
Just started
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 751
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Establishing connection
Enter address of server (PAS computer)
http:// IP address :8081/DA
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 752
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Successful connection
The desired Server appears now in the left hand window pane. Green symbols indicate a successful connection.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 753
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Provided Data
The tab „DA Browse“ shows all provided data. Now choose a group (e.g. a device), which you want to watch in detail.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 754
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Displaying Details
„Add Item for all Tags“ enters all data points of the selected group into the left hand window pane.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 755
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Visualised Data Points
Data points of the selected group
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 756
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Softing Demo Client – Watching Data The tab „DA Items“ now shows all related values online
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 757
35. OPC XML Server Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 36. SICAM PAS Automation with the programming language ST Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Overview
Basics IEC 61131 Basics structured text (ST) Instructions in ST How to write your own function blocks Practical example SICAM PAS Combination of ST and CFC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 759
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
What is IEC 61131 ?
International Standard for programming of programmable logic controllers (PLC) Part 3 of the standard defines usable programming languages: Instruction list (IL) Structured text (ST) Functional block language (CFC) Ladder diagram (LL) Sequential function chart (SFC) Further Standard parts define general information about PLCs, requirements on equipment and tests, guidelines for users, communication
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 760
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Basics IEC 61131-3
There are 3 „components“ for programming, the so-called POEs (program organisation unit): Program (PROG) Function Block (FB) Function (FUN) Each POE is structured into a declaration part and in a source code part All variables are defined in the declaration part (internal, external, I/O variables) The actual programming code is in the source code part, where the declared variables can be used declaration is necessary for all variables !
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 761
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - What are programs ?
Main program (multiple main programs are possible) top level execution unit in a PLC for example a CFC chart or a ST program Starts with the keyword PROGRAM and ends with END_PROGRAM (These are not directly visible in SICAM PAS, is internally managed by the Editor) Be careful with re-naming of programs ! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 762
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - What are functions ?
Functions are subroutines They will be invoked/called by a program Functions have input values Functions only have one return value Functions can use internal variables, their values are deleted after leaving the function Standard functions are already defined in the Standard Starts with the keyword FUNCTION and ends with END_FUNCTION (not visible in PAS) No recursion ! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 763
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - What are functions ? (2)
Example
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 764
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - What are function blocks ?
Function blocks are subroutines They will be invoked/called by a program Function blocks have input and output(return) values Function blocks have a memory Declaration of function blocks (see variables) Function blocks can use internal variables, their values can be preserved after leaving Standard function blocks are already defined in the Standard SICAM PAS CFC blocks are function blocks Starts with the keyword FUNCTIONBLOCK and ends with END_FUNCTIONBLOCK (not visible in PAS) no recursion! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 765
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - What are function blocks? (2)
Example
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 766
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Basic data types of variables in 61131-3
Binary data types (bit pattern) BOOL BYTE WORD DWORD Integer (signed, unsigned) INT / UINT DINT / UDINT Floating point number REAL Special-Data types TIME DATE Function blocks! Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 767
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Declaration of variables in 61131-3
declaration part of POE Variable type VAR VAR_INPUT VAR_OUTPUT VAR_IN_OUT VAR_EXTERNAL VAR_GLOBAL
PROG x
FB x x x x
x x
FUN x x
internal variables input values output values I/O values external variables global variables
Example FB:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 768
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Declaration of variables in 61131-3 (2)
Syntax of a declaration:
Example PROG:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 769
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - Access to different variables
In SICAM PAS there is a special global program for interfacing variables. This program does not include source code -> global data file „pasglob.poe“ Programs are able to access global variables of other programs using VAR_EXTERNAL like this it is possible to access interface variables Function blocks are able to access global variables of their program via VAR_EXTERNAL better with input/output variables Functions do not have access to global variables
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 770
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - Definition of own datatypes
It is possible to create your own datatype combining existing datatypes Create a type file in SICAM PAS SICAM PAS interface variables have their own type: PASDATABLOCK, PASCOMMANDBLOCK, PASGROUP Example: TYPE State : BYTE:=4; END_TYPE New type „State“ Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 771
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IEC61131 - Arrays and Structures
It is possible to define an array variable field1 : ARRAY[1..10] OF BOOL; Access via field1[1], field1[2], ... It is possible to define a structured variable Test1 : STRUCT Value1 : BOOL; Value2 : BYTE; END_STRUCT; Access via Test1.Value1, Test1.Value2 Both possibilities also work with type definitions
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 772
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
The programming language ST
Textual programming language Similar to the programming language Pascal All constructs possible: PROG, FUN, FB clear, compact wording of the program function/algorithm Good possibilities to use in relation with CFC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 773
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Example FB in ST
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 774
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Instruction in ST
A program in ST consists of statements Statements are separated by ; (End-of-line <>End of statement!!) Operand1
Statement
Expression1
Operator
Keyword
Operand2
Expression2 ST-Programm Statement
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 775
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Keywords in ST
Keyword
Description
Remarks
:=
Definition
Functions are always used in a definition has to be declared in the declaration part
Call and Use of FBs RETURN
Return
IF
if clause
Condition will be checked
CASE
Multiple choice
Value comparison
FOR
Loop 1
Multiple cycle
WHILE
Loop 2
upstream at-end-condition
REPEAT
Loop 3
downstream at-end-condition
EXIT
Loop interruption
drop out of the loop
;
Blank command
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 776
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Operators in ST
Priority Operator () ** NOT * / MOD + <, >, <=, >= = <> &, AND XOR OR
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 777
Description in brackets Function call Potentiation Negation Complement Multiplication Division Modulo Addition Subtraction Equation Equality inequality Boolean AND Exklusive Boolean OR Boolean OR
high
low
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Definition in ST
Syntax: Designator := Expression Example: Trigger := TRUE; a := 4 / 2 + 1; b := FunctionA(4);
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 778
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
FB-Call and RETURN in ST
FB-Call (Example): Declaration VAR FB_TEST : PAS_SASS; END_VAR
Program FB_TEST(EN:=TRUE); b:=FB_TEST.MARKER;
Multiple calls in a Program possible Attention: All PAS firmware blocks with interface variables have to be constant!!! RETURN (Example) RETURN;
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 779
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
IF Clause in ST
Syntax: IF Print THEN command block; ELSE Command block; END_IF; Example: IF switch=5 THEN value:= 1; ELSE value:=3; END_IF;
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 780
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
CASE – Multiple choice in ST
Syntax: CASE Print OF Print value: Command block; ELSE Command block; END_CASE; Example: CASE value1 OF 1: RETURN; 2: flag:=TRUE; ELSE flag:=FALSE; END_CASE; Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 781
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
FOR – Loops in ST
Syntax: FOR controlling variable := Expression TO Expression BY Expression DO Command block; END_FOR Example: FOR i:=1 to 5 BY 1 DO value[i]:= i; END_FOR;
or
FOR i:=1 to 5 DO
FOR i:=5 to 1 BY -1 DO value[i]:= i; END_FOR; ATTENTION: Loops can deadlock automation!!! (Loops take processor time, use short loops only) 36. Automation with
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 782
programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
WHILE – Loops in ST
Syntax: WHILE Print DO Command block; END_WHILE; Example: WHILE flag=TRUE DO wert:=wert-1; if wert<5 THEN flag:=FALSE; END_IF; END_WHILE; ATTENTION: Loops can deadlock automation!!! (Loops take processor time, use short loops only)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 783
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
REPEAT – Loops in ST
Syntax: REPEAT Command block; UNTIL Print END_REPEAT; Example: REPEAT value:=wert+1; UNTIL value>5 END_REPEAT; Attention: Loops can deadlock automation!!! (Loops take processor time, use short loops only)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 784
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Comments in Source Code in ST
Comments help understanding Comments help reading the program code Syntax: (* Comment *) Example: (* This is a comment *)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 785
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Write your own function blocks
Why is it necessary to write own function blocks? Save functionality for multiple use Clearness during programming Functionality has to be written / changed only once Import/Export – possibility among projects Possibility of your own engineering solutions What do I have to do to write own function blocks? Define task of a functional module Define input/output values Define internal variables Writing of program code Test the function block
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 786
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Simple Counter Function block
Block counts 1 per edge change Reset counter VAR_INPUT SIGNAL : BOOL; RESET : BOOL; DEFAULT : INT; END_VAR
FUNCTION_BLOCK IF DEF_SET=FALSE THEN COUNT:=DEFAULT; DEF_SET:=TRUE; END_IF;
VAR_OUTPUT COUNT : INT; END_VAR VAR DEF_SET : BOOL:=FALSE; OLD_SIG : BOOL:=FALSE; END_VAR
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 787
(* READING CHANGE OF SIGNAL *) IF SIGNAL<>OLD_SIG THEN COUNT:=COUNT+1; OLD_SIG:=SIGNAL; END_IF
(* READING RESET *) IF RESET=TRUE THEN COUNT:=0; COUNT:=DEFAULT; END_IF 36. Automation with END_FUNCTION_BLOCK programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS and ST
SICAM PAS already contains Firmware FBs These FBs can be used in your own FBs Interface-variables have their own datatype in PAS: PASDATABLOCK PASCOMMANDBLOCK PASGROUP These interface-types are structures with one element, a pointer Interface-variables must have a constant value!!!
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 788
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Practical example SICAM PAS
Measured value multiplexer: 4 input measured values 1 Change-over switch (int-variable) One output measured value ERROR Output if change-over value is out of range
CFC-chart with new block incl. setpoint value and 4 measurands Export of block use in a new project
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 789
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Combination of ST and CFC
Written ST- function blocks or ST-functions can be used in a CFC chart Using of most adequate language is possible Import/Export use in other projects Theoretical only: In CFC rendered blocks can be used in ST Mixing of both languages is possible
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 790
36. Automation with programming language ST Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 37. ST Lab Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
How can I write my own Function Block?
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 792
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Create an ST File
Here we declare variables
My new file Here we have to write the code
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 793
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Example: OR with 3 inputs
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 794
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Result
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 795
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
New Example
We create a new Special_OR: Not a boolean one, but für PAS data structure 3 Indication Inputs, 1 Indication Output Exactly 2 of 3 inputs must be raised to raise the output
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 796
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Declaration of variables
External Variables Input Variables inputs of new FB Output Variables ouputs of new block
Internal Variables processed within FB
PAS_CRI;
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 797
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Declaration of variables
Each Input is a PAS data structure The Output is also a data structure
PAS_CRI;
We use 3 times a SASS function block to read the 3 messages And once a CRI block to derive the resultant message We use boolean values for all the inputs and for the output as well for easier programming and diagnostic reasons
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 798
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Internally used PAS-Blocks
CRI creates an information structure e.g. for derived messages
SASS splits up an information structure into all it´s components
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 799
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Programming Part
Set the Enable to TRUE and Link the INPUT to IN_x
If message was raised, then set VAL to 1 Oherwise to 0
LOGIC: 110 or 101 or 011 THEN OUT=1, otherwise 0
Create Indication,Enable = 1, Cause = spontaneous, Indictype= SP, Signal_1 receives current value from the boolean variable OUT, Change to trigger the block, Send to execute during startup! OUT_IND is the resultant variable and gets the result from CRI-output INDIC
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 800
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
New function block : Special_OR
Connect to derived indication
Connect to PAS indications
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 801
37. ST Lab Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 38. SICAM PAS User Administration Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Administrating Users
Users Administration The Administrator can assign a user to a predefined user group (level of rights) To open UI Configuration, Operation or ValueViewer (depending on account) the user has to enter a password to be able to read data in the tool or to modify.
Account and Password for the first Login: User name: Password:
Administrator Admin
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 803
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Rights of predefined User Groups
User Group
Configuration Operation
ValueViewer
Guest
Read
Read
Read
No Access
Data Engineer Read + Write
Read
Read
No Access
Switch Operator
Read
Read + Write
Read + Write
No Access
System engineer
Read + Write
Read + Write
Read + Write
No Access
Administrator Read + Write
Read + Write
Read + Write
Read + Write
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 804
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Opening User Administration
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 805
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
First Login
Logging in the first time into User Administration, the system requests the default Login: User: Administrator Password: Admin
The password must be changed (forced) immediately after logging in.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 806
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating a new User
A new user can be created by menu „Edit“ „Create a new user“. Authentication is available in DNP3 protocol only.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 807
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Activating new users
The user administration has to be activated and closed afterwards.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 808
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Login when opening a PAS Tool
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 809
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
User Administration for Administrator accessible only
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 810
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Logging Out Automatically after Time Out
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 811
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Log File - automatically generated
All activity (opening of UI Configuration, change user features etc.) will be entered in a log file.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 812
38. SICAM PAS User Administration Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 39. Server-DIP Configuration Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Full Server – DIP Configuration Up to 6 DIPs
IEC T101
Control Center
Up to 350 Bay devices
Corporate Network TCP/IP
Up to 20.000 data points Full Server DIP No.1 IEC T104
DIP No.2
SICAM PAS CC
Station Bus
DIP = Device Interface Processor Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 814
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
DIP Software Setup
Select DIP and Install
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 815
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
DIP Software Setup
After Installation has finished, the computer has to be restarted as usual…
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 816
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
DIP Software Setup
After Re-Boot select Feature Enabler, which now opens this window to connect to the Full Server
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 817
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
Feature Enabler
The Feature Enabler is assigned to this DIP only , so it would not show the licenses of the Full server. The DIP license keys, which refer to the DIP dongle, have to be entered here independently. With the Database button you again can open and even modify the assignment to the Full Server. The Feature Enabler does not show any Runtime License, as a DIP doesn‘t need.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 818
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering a DIP into the configuration data base
Browser button
Enter a second system If the DIP computer was already in the network, you can use the browser to enter.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 819
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
Entering a DIP into the configuration
In our configuration, we will cut the RTU application from Full Server and paste it to the DIP (check COM port)
Cut and paste
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 820
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
Configuring a DIP
After having updated the system and connecting communication cable now to the other computer, the RTU is now running at the DIP
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 821
39. Server – DIP configuration Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 40. Group Indicator in Alarm Logging Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
What is that for ?
If new messages appear in the Alarm List, the system has to inform the operator about.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 823
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
A symbol for visualisation
This is important, whenever the operator is outside the Alarm List
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 824
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample indications for the Runtime Mode
One or several indications have raised, and have not yet been acknowledged.
Everything has been acknowledged, but indications have still raised.
No raised unacknowledged indications, but cleared unacknowledged.
All indications have cleared and have been acknowledged. The Alarm list is empty.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 825
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating Internal tag
This unsigned-8-Bit-Tag has to serve as a group tag for indication states as well as for acknowledgement state
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 826
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Group Messages in Alarm Logging
Each message class appears once more in Group messages
Open properties
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 827
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Choose Internal Tag
The new tag has to be assigned here
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 828
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Meaning of Bits
Value = 128 7
64 6
32 5
16 4
8 3
Acknowledge-Bit
4 2
2 1
1 0
State-Bit
0=no raised indication + everything acknowledged 1=Indication has raised + everything acknowledged 16=no indication has raised, but still unacknowledged 17=Indication has raised + not acknowledged Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 829
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Creation in Graphics Designer
This has to be dynamised (May be a character, a symbol or even the background of the Alarm List button)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 830
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Sample indications for the Runtime Mode
There are 3 logics to combine:
1. Display or hide 2. Display static or blinking 3. Display in red or green
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 831
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Next page
1. Logic: Dynamic-Dialog „Font Color“
The color has to indicate, whether indications have raised
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 832
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
1. Logic: Dynamic-Dialog „Font Color“
If State-Bit was set, then RED (static), If not set, then GREY (invisible on a grey background)
Red Grey
Note: First choose Data Type, then enter Tag Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 833
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
2. Logic: Dynamic-Dialog „Flashing Text Active“
Flashing has to indicate, whether indications still have to be acknowledged
Next page
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 834
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
2. Logic: Dynamic-Dialog „ Flashing Text Active“
If Acknowledge-Bit was set, then Flashing, If not set, then no Flashing
Note: First choose Data Type, then enter Tag Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 835
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Logic: Flashing Text Colors
Flashing has to be a color change between Red and Grey (Raised and unacknowledged indications) Or between Green and Grey (Cleared and unacknowledged indications)
Invisible Must be dynamic next page
Flashing Text Color On has to be dynamised Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 836
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
3. Logic: Dynamic-Dialog „Flashing Text Color On“
The Flashing Color depends on the State-Bit only.
Red Green
Note: First choose Data Type, then enter Tag Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 837
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Display in Runtime Mode
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 838
40. Group Indicator in Alarm logging Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 41. Sound output with WinCC Horn Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
WinCC Horn
The Horn function is linked to the „Alarm-Logging“. If certain messages occur, an alarm sound can be generated, e.g. if a new message was entered in the Alarm List. The sound can be acknowledged, either with acknowledgement of the message in the Alarm List, or by a separate button.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 840
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Creating an internal Tag
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 841
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Enter Message Class
Enter desired message class and assign your horn-Tag
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 842
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Assign Sound File
Enter the tag once more for acknowledgement, and enter a sound file (any wave-file) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 843
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Symbols for indication and acknowledgement
Global Library / Operations / Screen-Buttons
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 844
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Acknowledging horn
Set the value of o binary variable – with the name Horn – to the value of 0
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 845
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Displaying horn symbol..… …when sounding
As the Horn tag is a binary tag, it corresponds with the values for the attribute Display, i.e. Yes and No refer to 1 and 0 (or True and False)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 846
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
…when not sounding
Here, the inverse logic is required
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 847
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Fine tuning
For optical representation we can let some lines flashing
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 848
41. Sound output Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 42. Topological coloring Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Why Topological Colouring?
For an operator it may be important to know, which parts of the switchgear are under voltage, and which parts are de-energized. This is, what Topological Colouring provides. Here the colour (the voltage) follows the state of the switching devices.
Ex. Red = under voltage Green= de-energized
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 850
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Components in our library
Here we get preconfigured objects supporting dynamic colouring
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 851
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Most important components
Feeder = Source of colour Provides colours for energized / de-energized
Connector = Lines to connect objects e.g. lines or bus bars
Node = to connect 2 connectors e.g. if a line meets a bus bar
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 852
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
3 Feeder Type Symbols
Feeder with indication Changes colour depending on a message (e.g. Bus bar energized Off / On green / red) Feeder with measurement Changes colour depending on a measured value (e.g. < 1kV green = de-energized, > 1kV red = energized Feeder with RGB input (Red-Green-Blue-Value) Changes colour depending on an internal RGB-Tag
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 853
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Feeder – Parameter page 1
Usually we do not have do change anything here. Just having chosen the type „with measurement“, we have to define the switching point and hysteresis
Open via double click on symbol
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 854
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Feeder – Parameter page 2
Here we have to assign the respective tags. *.Validity and *.Value
Open via context menu, object properties Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 855
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Example
Desired configuration
Necessary components
This will become the Bus Bar
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 856
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
How to connect connectors
Connecting 2 objects, a correct connection will be indicated by a colour change of the connector point snapped in from green to red.
Snapped in
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 857
Not snapped in
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Readily connected components
The feeder and the switching devices have now to be assigned to the appropriate tags Then the connection scripts have to be generated.
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 858
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Error message when generating scripts
Following the link, the bad connection can easily be found
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 859
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Testing in Runtime Mode
The nodes may be reduced to size 0 to make them invisible
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 860
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Earth symbol – A special case of a feeder
The Earth symbol is a special case of a feeder. It does not need any tag or any other parameterization. Having a fixed earth potential, the symbol can just provide one colour (standard: magenta), to flood the connected line with. The earth colour has a higher priority than colours from other feeders
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 861
42. Topological coloring Siemens Power Academy TD
Siemens Power Academy TD
SICAM PAS 43. Diagnostic tools Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved.
siemens.com/poweracademy
Diagnostic - tools for PAS V7
Windows Services Process Explorer Event Viewer SSRTestUI Portmon MediaSenseCheck
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 863
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Windows Dienste / Services
These two PowerCC – services belong to SICAM PAS PQS
The most important service is SSR (System Shutdown and Recovery) Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 864
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Process Explorer
The Process Explorer is freeware which you can download from Microsoft. The site is: www.sysinternals.com
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 865
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Event Viewer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 866
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Event Viewer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 867
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Event Viewer
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 868
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
MediaSenseCheck Shows all available network adapters. The desired PAS-network adapter has to be added to the field in the center. C:\Siemens\Energy\SySrv\Bin\MediaSenseChk2.exe In case there are more than one network adapters on the PC the window pops up automatically after the installation of PAS. The desired network adapter has to be added to the field in the center. This tool can be started manually:
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 869
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Portmon Sysinternals (a wholly owned subsidiary of Microsoft Corporation)
= Freeware
Can listen to serial or parallel ports, even Remote (not Station Unit)
Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 870
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Please contact us
Power Academy TD Humboldtstrasse 50 90459 Nuremberg Phone: + +49-911-433-7141 Fax: +49-911-433-5482 E-mail: [email protected] Visit our download areas: SICAM www.sicam.de SIPROTEC www.siprotec.com Power Quality www.powerquality.de Restricted © Siemens AG 2013 All rights reserved. F02_Page 871
43. Diagnostic tools Siemens Power Academy TD
Related Documents
Sicam Pas - Complete
January 2021 0
La Finance Pas Pas
February 2021 1
Soal Pas
February 2021 2
Pas Photo
January 2021 1
Dan Seracu - Autocontrolul Pas Cu Pas
February 2021 1
Soal Pas Pkk Ganjil
February 2021 1More Documents from "dede ahmad farid"
Sicam Pas - Complete
January 2021 0